Document:

HP U.S. Business Developement Partner Agreement

 Exhibit 10.14 
 H         
  
 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY 
 U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT 
 SIGNATURE PAGE 
  

	 ICN #
	  	 
	 LEGAL BUSINESS NAME
	  	 SYNNEX Corporation

	 ADDRESS
	  	 3797 SPINNAKER CT.

	 CITY, STATE, ZIP
	  	 FREMONT, CA 94538

	 PHONE, FAX #
	  	  

	 E-MAIL/INTERNET ADDRESS
	  	  

	 DBA(S)
	  	 

  
 In addition to any and all other
documents comprising the Contract, all documents marked with an “X” below govern the relationship between HP and you for the purchase and resale of HP Products and are part of the Contract. 
  
 AGREEMENT: 
  
 x  U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement 
  
 ADDENDA: 
  
 x  U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement – Definitions 
  
 x  U.S. Business Development Partner
Agreement – Record – Keeping Audit And Reporting 
  
 x  U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement – CSP 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Program 
  
 x  U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement – Channel Service Provider 
  
 x  U.S. Business Development Partner
Agreement – CSP Refurbished/Excess LaserJet Products 
  
 x  U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement – CSP IPG Product Specific 
  
 x  U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement – CSP NSS Product Specific 
  
 x  U.S. Business Development Partner
Agreement – CSP ProCurve Products 
  
 x  U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement – CSP PSG Products 
  
 x  U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement – CSP ISS Products 
  
 x  U.S. Business Development Partner
Agreement – CSP Referral 
  
 x  U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement – CSP Server Pilot Program Addendum 
  
 SHIPMENT ELECTION 
  
 Please check one. 
              OUTLET 
              CONSOLIDATED 
  
 Page 1 of 2 

 STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP: 
  

Form of Organization: (i.e. Corporation, General Partnership, Limited Partnership, Sole proprietor): 
            Corporation                 
  
 For a Corporation, specify whether:             Publicly Held
    ü    Privately Held 
  
 State of Incorporation/Organization:         Delaware                 
  
 Identify Company ownership and management structure as follows (attach additional pages if
necessary): 
  

	 Sole proprietor:
	  	Provide owner’s legal name
		
	 Trust:
	  	Identify Trustee(s), Administrators and Beneficiaries of Trust
		
	 Partnership:
	  	Identify all General Partners, Limited Partners, Officers and ownership percentages held Specify dollar investment of limited partners
		
	 Privately Held Corporation:
	  	Identify all shareholders with class and percentage ownership, Officers and Board of Director Members
		
	 Publicly Held Corporation:
	  	Identify owners of 20% or more of each class of shares with class and percentage ownership, Officers and Board of Director Members

  
  

	 NAMES

	 	 TITLES

	 	 OWNERSHIP INTEREST

	 	 	 	 	 Percentage Ownership
 (Dollar Investment in
 Limited Partners)

	 	 Type of Ownership interest
 (Assets, Common or
 Preferred Shares)

	  

	 	  

	 	  

	 	  

	  

	 	  

	 	  

	 	  

	  

	 	  

	 	  

	 	  

	  

	 	  

	 	  

	 	  

	  

	 	  

	 	  

	 	  

  
  
 If Company is 100% owned by another corporation, identify the parent corporation’s ownership and management structure above and the identity of the parent
corporation below: 
  

 Parent/Owner, including DBA(s) 
  

 Address 

	 	 	 	 	 	  	(            )
	

	 City
	 	State	 	Zip	  	Telephone
				
	 	 	 	 	 	  	(            )
	

	 State of Parent/Owner’s Incorporation
	 	 	  	Fax

  
  
 This Contract is made and entered into by and between SYNNEX Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and Hewlett-Packard Company, a Delaware corporation. 
  

	AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES	  	HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY
		
	 /s/    Simon Y. Leung

	  	 /s/    Janet S. McAllister

	 Authorized Signature
	  	 Janet S. McAllister
 Manager
 Partner Contracts & Compliance
 Americas Partner
Operations
 Imaging & Printing Group

	 Simon Y. Leung

	  	 
	 	  	 
	 Typed/Printed Name
	  	 	 	 

			
	  
 General Counsel
& Corporate Secretary

 Title
	  	  
 11/06/03

 Effective Date                            
	 	 May 31, 2005  

 Expiration Date

	 	  	 	 	 

  
 Page 2 of 2 

 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

	 1.
	  	DEFINITIONS	  	2
	 2.
	  	APPOINTMENT	  	2
	 3.
	  	STATUS CHANGE	  	2
	 4.
	  	RELATIONSHIP	  	2
	 5.
	  	SOURCING AND SELLING	  	3
	 6.
	  	INTERNATIONAL	  	4
	 7.
	  	RESALES TO U.S. GOVERNMENT	  	4
	 8.
	  	PRICES AND DISCOUNTS	  	4
	 9.
	  	ORDERS AND DELIVERY	  	5
	 10.
	  	PAYMENT	  	5
	 11.
	  	WARRANTY	  	6
	 12.
	  	INSTALLATION AND SUPPORT	  	7
	 13.
	  	SOFTWARE LICENSE AND DISTRIBUTION RIGHTS	  	7
	 14.
	  	MARKS	  	9
	 15.
	  	INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY PROTECTION	  	9
	 16.
	  	BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS	  	10
	 17.
	  	CONFIDENTIALITY	  	10
	 18.
	  	LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND REMEDIES	  	10
	 19.
	  	COMPLIANCE, RECORD-KEEPING AND AUDIT	  	11
	 20.
	  	SALES AND INVENTORY REPORTING	  	12
	 21.
	  	POLICIES AND PROGRAMS	  	13
	 22.
	  	GENERAL	  	13
	 23.
	  	CHANGES AND AMENDMENTS	  	14
	 24.
	  	NOTICES	  	14
	 25.
	  	TERM AND TERMINATION	  	14
			
	 	  	 HP CARE PACK SERVICES EXHIBIT
	  	 

  

 HP Confidential 
 Page 1 of 15 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT 
  

	1.	DEFINITIONS 

  
 All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement
Definitions Addendum. 
  

	2.	APPOINTMENT 

  

	 	A.	HP appoints Business Development Partner as an authorized, non-exclusive Business Development Partner for the purchase and resale or sublicense of Products, Services and Support
subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. HP reserves the right to sell Products, Services and Support to all HP end-user customers and Business Development Partners. 

  

	 	B.	HP appoints Business Development Partner to engage in Transactions, as set forth in this Agreement. 

  

	 	C.	The nature and scope of Business Development Partner’s authorization, including any geographic, vertical market or other restrictions, are detailed in Addenda to this
Agreement. The Products, Services and Support covered by Business Development Partner’s authorization, including any discounts and commitment levels, and sourcing and selling restrictions are detailed in Addenda or the Partnership Website.

  

	 	D.	Business Development Partner will sell Products, Services and Support only to Customers. 

  

	 	E.	When acting in its capacity as an authorized Business Development Partner, Business Development Partner will purchase Products, Services and Support only directly from an HP
authorized Distributor set forth on the U.S. Distributor Summary Matrix located at http://partner.americas.hp.com, unless otherwise agreed to in an Addendum. 

  

	 	F.	When acting in its capacity as an authorized Business Development Partner reselling Products, Business Development Partner shall ensure that its employees complete any training
courses and/or certification designated by HP for each authorized location. Only Business Development Partner’s full time employees are eligible for HP certification. Business Development Partner’s contract and part-time employees shall
not be eligible for certification. Training requirements for Products are defined on the Partnership Website. 

  

	 	G.	Business Development Partner accepts appointment on these terms and conditions. 

  

	3.	STATUS CHANGE 

  

	 	A.	If Business Development Partner wishes to: 

  

	 	1.	Change its name; 

  

	 	2.	Add, close or change an HP-approved Ship-To, delivery or other HP-authorized location; or 

  

	 	3.	Undergo a merger, acquisition, consolidation or other reorganization with the result that any entity controls twenty percent (20%) or more of Business Development Partner’s
capital stock or assets after such transaction, or assumes management of Business Development Partner operations; then Business Development Partner will notify HP in writing within five (5) business days prior to the intended date of change, or the
earliest date Business Development Partner is legally permitted to provide such information. In no event shall such notice be given more than five (5) days after the change has occurred. Each event referenced in this Section 3(A) shall be defined as
a “Status Change”. HP reserves the right to terminate this Agreement for cause if Business Development Partner fails to notify HP as set forth herein of a Status Change. 

  
 Business Development Partner shall provide HP all information and documents
requested by HP for the purpose of evaluating such status change. 
  

	 	B.	HP will promptly notify Business Development Partner of its consent to the continuation of Business Development Partner’s authorization following such a change in status,
provided that HP may terminate this Agreement immediately upon notice in the event HP does not consent to such change. Pending HP’s notification, HP will have no obligation to perform under this Agreement. 

  

	4.	RELATIONSHIP 

  

	 	A.	Business Development Partner and HP are independent contractors for purposes of this Agreement. This Agreement does not establish a franchise, joint venture or partnership, or
create any relationship of employer and employee, master and servant, or principal and agent between the parties. 

  

	 	B.	Neither party will have, nor represent that it has, any power, right, or authority to bind the other party, or to assume or create any obligation or responsibility, express or
implied, on behalf of the other party without such other party’s express written consent. Business Development Partner acknowledges that any commitment made by Business Development Partner to its Customers with respect to price, quantities,
delivery, specifications, warranties, modifications, interfacing capability or suitability will be Business Development Partner’s sole responsibility, and Business Development Partner will indemnify HP from liability for any such commitment by
Business Development Partner. 

  

	 	C.	Each Party shall control the means, manner and method of its performance. Neither Party shall either exercise or have the right to exercise any control, supervision or oversight of
the other Party’s performance. 

  

 HP Confidential 
 Page 2 of 15 

	 	D.	HP may market Third Party Products, including Third Party Products in competition with Products, without making those Third Party Products available to Business Development Partner.
HP reserves the right to resell Products, Services and Support, and Third Party Products directly to Customers without relying on Business Development Partner. Each Party reserves the right to market, promote and resell products and services in
competition with the other Party. 

  

	 	E.	HP will not be deemed a party to any agreement between Business Development Partner and any subsequent purchaser or licensee. 

  

	 	F.	Immediately upon notification from HP to Business Development Partner, the Business Development Partner shall change or cease representations or business practices pertaining to
this relationship found to be misleading or deceptive by HP. 

  

	 	G.	Business Development Partner shall conduct all activities relating to its business with HP in accordance with the highest standards of ethics and fairness as well as in compliance
with all applicable United States and State laws and regulations. 

  

	 	H.	Neither Party shall be responsible for failure or delay in performance due to circumstances beyond its reasonable control, such as labor disputes, natural disasters, shortage of or
inability to obtain labor, energy, and materials, war, riot, embargo, fire, or any other act or condition beyond the reasonable control of the non-performing Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing shall relieve Business Development Partner
from any payment obligations under this Agreement. 

  

	 	I.	Neither Party shall issue any press release concerning this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party as to form, content, and timing of the press release.

  

	 	J.	Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, HP may elect at any time during the term of this Agreement to announce new Products to which the terms and conditions of this
Agreement may not apply. 

  

	 	K.	Prior to entering into this Agreement, Business Development Partner must inform HP if it at any time in the past previously executed a reseller or distributor agreement with HP or,
prior to the merger of HP and Compaq Computer Corporation, with Compaq, and was de-authorized under such agreement. 

  

	5.	SOURCING AND SELLING 

  

	 	A.	Business Development Partner may purchase Products or Services for resale purposes only from HP authorized Distributors set forth on the U.S. Distributor Summary Matrix located at
http://partner.americas.hp.com, or as permitted in any addenda agreed to by HP and Business Development Partner. Business Development Partner may purchase Products or Services for resale purposes directly from HP, provided that Business Development
Partner: (i) meets the revenue requirements set forth on the Partnership Website; or (ii) executes an Addendum that sets forth a direct purchase relationship. Business Development Partner may not purchase Products or Services for resale purposes
from Other Business Development Partners and/or any unauthorized sources. 

  

	 	B.	Business Development Partner may resell Products, Services and Support only to Customers. 

  

	 	C.	Business Development Partner may not resell Products to any division or subsidiary of the Business Development Partner’s corporate parent. 

  

	 	D.	Business Development Partner may purchase and resell Open and Controlled Products. Business Development Partner may purchase and resell Enterprise Servers and Storage Products only
if Business Development Partner has successfully completed any HP designated criteria for purchasing and reselling Enterprise Servers and Storage Products as permitted in any addenda agreed to by HP and Business Development Partner.

  

	 	E.	Business Development Partner may resell Products over the internet, provided that Business Development Partner: 

  

	 	1.	implements policies supporting Customer satisfaction as a primary concern; 

  

	 	2.	provides Customer support including, but not limited to, the following activities: 

  

	 	a.	maintaining a toll-free support telephone number during regular posted hours of operation; 

  

	 	b.	providing pre-sales support; 

  

	 	c.	providing accurate detailed Product specification information on Partnership Website; 

  

	 	d.	providing front line technical support; and 

  

	 	e.	posting clear policy/procedures on Partnership Website. 

  

	 	3.	sells packaged services for ongoing Customer support (i.e. HP Care Pack services); 

  

	 	4.	primarily sells new Products and clearly identifies used or Refurbished Products and state such used or Refurbished Products are not warranted by HP; 

  

	 	5.	does not sell Products, Services, or Support via an Auction; 

  

	 	6.	acknowledges by accepting the terms and conditions of this Agreement that selling over the internet will be granted for a specific domain name. Business Development Partner is
authorized to sell via a URL that matches the Business Development Partner’s HP authorized d/b/a name. New or additional domain names require HP approval prior to Business Development Partner’s posting of HP Products; and

  

 HP Confidential 
 Page 3 of 15 

	 	7.	complies with the terms and conditions of this subsection 5(D). Business Development Partner’s failure to comply with the terms and conditions of this subsection 5(D) may
result in termination of this Agreement or loss of marketing program eligibility or benefits for ninety (90) days. 

  

	 	F.	If Business Development sells Refurbished Products, Business Development Partner shall: 

  

	 	1.	not remove any HP warranty information or labels identifying Refurbished Products as used or refurbished from cartons, packaging, and invoices; 

  

	 	2.	market and advertise Refurbished Products only as used or refurbished; and 

  

	 	3.	notify Customer prior to purchase if any Refurbished Products being purchased have a limited warranty. 

  

	 	G.	HP reserves the right to restrict at any time the permissible sources from which Business Development Partner may purchase Products, Services or Support. 

 

	6.	INTERNATIONAL 

  
 HP does not consent to the marketing or use of Products outside the United States and reserves any and all rights it has under any applicable law,
including but not limited to intellectual property laws, to oppose the exportation for sale or resale of Products outside the United States or the importation into any country outside the United States. Accordingly: 
  

	 	A.	Business Development Partner shall not export for sale or resell (and shall ensure that contracts with any purchasers of Products prevent the export for sale or resale of) Products
to or import into any country outside the United States. Business Development Partner shall not directly or indirectly sell Products within the United States if Business Development Partner knows or has reasons to believe that the purchaser or any
third party will export for sale or resell Products to or import into any country outside the United States. 

  

	 	B.	Business Development Partner shall not remove (and shall ensure that contracts with any purchasers of Products prevent the removal of) any notices that may appear on the
Products’ packaging restricting sale of Products outside the United States. 

  

	7.	RESALES TO U.S. GOVERNMENT 

  

	 	A.	Business Development Partner shall not issue Letters of Supply, guarantee the supply, or resell, supply, or provide persons or entities with Product, Support or Services for resale
under a General Services Administration (“GSA”) contract without HP’s prior written approval. 

  

	 	B.	Business Development Partner shall not list Product, Support or Services on GSA schedules or contracts without HP’s prior written approval. 

  

	 	C.	If Business Development Partner desires to sell Products to Public Sector Customers, then Business Development Partner must comply with any additional requirements posted on the
Partnership Website that relate to such sales. 

  

	8.	PRICES AND DISCOUNTS 

  
 This Section 8 applies only to Business Development Partners with an established direct purchase relationship with HP as described in Section 5A above.

  

	 	A.	Net Price includes shipping and handling charges, unless otherwise quoted by HP. HP will charge Business Development Partner for any special packing or shipping instructions
requested by Business Development Partner and agreed to by HP. 

  

	 	B.	HP reserves the right to change prices and discounts at anytime with reasonable prior notice to Business Development Partner. If Business Development Partner is unsure of the List
Price to use in calculating the Net Price, then the Business Development Partner should refer to the Partnership Website or contact its HP sales representative or relationship manager. 

  

	 	C.	Prices are exclusive of, and Business Development Partner will pay, applicable sales, use, consumption, goods and services, value added or like taxes, unless Business Development
Partner has provided HP with an appropriate exemption certificate for the Delivery jurisdiction, or HP agrees the transaction is otherwise exempt. 

  

	 	D.	List prices are suggested prices for resale to End User customers and a basis for calculating Net Business Development Partner Price. Business Development Partner has the right to
determine its own resale prices, and no HP representative will require that any particular minimum resale price be charged by Business Development Partner to Customer or grant or withhold any benefits to Business Development Partner based on
Business Development Partner’s resale pricing policies. Business Development Partner agrees that it will promptly report any effort by HP personnel to interfere with its pricing policies directly to an HP officer or senior sales manager.

  

	 	E.	Upon request from Business Development Partner, HP may at its discretion, grant special pricing for particular Customer Transactions. HP may retract or amend the special pricing at
any time before acceptance of the purchase order by HP. HP may extend the pricing on an exclusive or non-exclusive basis and may condition the special pricing on a pass-through to End User of all or part of incremental discount extended by HP to
Business Development Partner. 

  

	 	F.	 HP may, from time to time, offer Business Development Partner certain Products, Services and Support on special promotional terms and conditions. Such offerings may
not be combined with other HP program(s) or promotion(s) and may be subject to pricing or discounts different from those provided for in this Agreement. In some cases, such offerings 

  

 HP Confidential 
 Page 4 of 15 

 
may not, be counted towards Business Development Partner’s volume or other commitments, and may not be eligible for other standard benefits, including
but not limited to promotional allowance funds, price protection or stock protection adjustments. Except as specifically altered by HP in a promotional offering under this section, all other terms and conditions will remain unaltered. 
  

	9.	ORDERS AND DELIVERY 

  
 This Section 9 applies only to Business Development Partners with an established direct purchase relationship with HP as described in Section 5.A. above.

  

	 	A.	HP may, at its sole discretion and for any reason, reject a Business Development Partner’s purchase order. 

  

	 	B.	HP will honor written orders from Business Development Partner unless other methods are agreed upon in writing. Business Development Partner’s orders must reference this
Agreement and must comply with the minimum order, release, destination (“Ship To” address) and other requirements specified in any Addenda to this Agreement, or as set forth on Partnership Website. Orders must also specify Delivery dates
within periods specified on the Partnership Website. 

  

	 	C.	All Business Development Partner’s sales, advertising and promotional activities for Products must be conducted from selling locations identified on the Approved Location list
and approved by HP (“Approved Selling Locations”). No sales, advertisement or promotion of Products may be conducted from Approved Locations that are not also Approved Selling Locations. 

  

	 	D.	HP shall ship Products under HP’s standard shipment terms and conditions. Unless HP offers to ship Products directly to Business Development Partner’s Customer sites, HP
shall ship Products to Business Development Partner’s shipment locations identified on the Approved Location list and approved by HP (“Approved Shipment Locations”). Approved Shipment Locations may be the same as Approved Selling
Locations. 

  

	 	E.	Business Development Partner will issue orders from Approved Locations within its organization and will specify HP authorized Ship- To addresses, unless otherwise agreed upon by the
Parties. Business Development Partner is responsible for ensuring that only authorized employees place, change or delete orders and that the orders conform to all requirements of this Agreement. 

  

	 	F.	All orders are subject to acceptance by HP. 

  

	 	G.	Delivery by HP is subject to Product and Services availability at the time Business Development Partner’s order is received. HP will make commercially reasonable efforts to
meet delivery dates quoted or acknowledged. If Products are in short supply, quantity restrictions may apply and HP will allocate Products at HP’s discretion. If HP is unable to meet Business Development Partner’s delivery requirements,
the Parties may agree to alternative arrangements. In the absence of such agreement, Business Development Partner’s sole remedy is to cancel the order. 

  

	 	H.	HP will ship according to HP’s standard commercial practice. Title to Products and risk of loss or damage for any Product will pass from HP to Business Development Partner at
Ship-To address, provided Products are shipped via HP’s carrier. Shipping and handling charges will be listed separately on HP’s invoice when not included in the Product’s purchase price. If Business Development Partner requested
special packing or shipping instructions are agreed to by HP, charges will be billed separately to Business Development Partner, and title, and risk of loss or damage will pass to Business Development Partner on delivery to Business Development
Partner’s carrier or designate. 

  

	 	I.	Transactions may be conducted through EDI or other electronic methods, as agreed. 

  

	10.	PAYMENT 

  
 This Section 10 applies only to Business Development Partners with an established direct purchase relationship with HP as described in Section 5A above.

  

	 	A.	Business Development Partner shall pay any HP invoices within thirty (30) days from the date of HP’s invoice. For credit reasons, or when Business Development Partner’s
financial condition or relationship with HP so warrants, HP reserves the right to require payment in advance or other payment terms with respect to any new or unshipped orders. 

  

	 	B.	Invoices for contractual support services and maintenance will be issued in advance of the Support period. 

  

	 	C.	HP may discontinue performance under this Agreement or any other agreement between HP and Business Development Partner if Business Development Partner fails to pay any sum when due
to HP or fails to perform under this or any other Agreement and has not cured such performance failure within ten (10) days written notice from HP. 

  

	 	D.	Any Business Development Partner claim for adjustment of an HP invoice is deemed to be waived if Business Development Partner fails to present such claim within ninety (90) days
from the date of the HP invoice. No claims, credits, or offsets may be deducted from any HP invoice. 

  

	 	E.	Payments for claims in support of program or other events that are later determined by HP to be invalid, erroneous, or non-compliant through an audit will be re-invoiced to Business
Development Partner within thirty (30) days of such determination. 

  

	 	F.	 Business Development Partner grants and HP reserves a purchase money security interest in each Product purchased under this Agreement and in any proceeds derived
from the resale, lease, or transfer of such Products to secure the full amount of the purchase price at which Business Development Partner purchased such Products from HP. Promptly upon request by HP, Business Development Partner shall sign any
document HP reasonably deems necessary to perfect such 

  

 HP Confidential 
 Page 5 of 15 

	 	 
security interest. Payment in full of the purchase price of a Product purchased shall release the security interest in such Product.

  

	 	G.	HP shall have the right to set off or apply any and all amounts owed by Business Development Partner, its subsidiaries and affiliates, against any and all amounts owed or which may
subsequently be owed by HP to Business Development Partner, its affiliates, subsidiaries, or their successor in interest. Business Development Partner shall not have such rights. 

  

	11.	WARRANTY 

  

	 	A.	WARRANTY STATEMENTS APPLICABLE TO HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE 

  

	 	1.	HP warrants Hardware against defects in materials and workmanship. HP further warrants that Hardware conforms to Specifications in effect on the date HP ships the Products.

  

	 	2.	HP warrants Software branded by HP with an HP trademark (“HP Branded”) and Firmware Products, which are designated by HP for use with Hardware and are properly installed
on that Hardware, against failures to execute their programming instructions due to defects in materials and workmanship when properly installed and used on the Device designated by HP. 

  

	 	3.	HP warrants that HP Branded Software shall substantially conform to Specifications. HP does not warrant that HP Branded Software shall operate in hardware and software combinations
selected by Business Development Partners, Customers or third parties, or meet requirements specified by Business Development Partners, Customers or, third parties, or that the operation of Products shall be uninterrupted or error free.

  

	 	4.	Peripherals, accessories and interfaces receive the same warranties as the systems to which they are connected when: 

  

	 	a.	Products are purchased with the system on a coordinated delivery and are included in the system configuration; or 

  

	 	b.	Products are purchased as add-ons to an existing system that are part of a Service that includes add-on Products. 

  

	 	5.	HP may provide Product-specific warranties. Materials or documents setting forth Product warranty terms, conditions, exceptions, exclusions and disclaimers are set forth at the
Partnership Website or are contained within the Product packaging upon Product shipment to Business Development Partner. If Product-specific warranties are not contained in the Product packaging, it is Business Development Partner’s
responsibility to provide Customer with a copy of all applicable Product-specific warranties. Any HP revisions to such warranties shall be effective on the date specified by HP in any written communication sent to Business Development Partner. Such
warranties shall take precedence over any conflicting terms contained in this section. 

  

	 	6.	The above warranties do not apply to defects resulting from improper or inadequate maintenance or calibration by Business Development Partner or Customer; non-HP supplied Software,
interfacing or supplies; unauthorized modification; improper use or operation outside of the specifications for the Product; abuse, negligence, accident, loss or damage in transit; improper site preparation; or unauthorized maintenance or repair,
and may be limited for Refurbished Products. 

  

	 	7.	HP shall not warrant that any Products HP sells to Business Development Partner that are not branded by HP are free from defects in materials and workmanship, even if the Products
that are not branded by HP are sold as part of a Service. 

  

	 	B.	WARRANTIES APPLICABLE TO SERVICES 

  

	 	1.	HP warrants that HP Branded Services will be provided in a professional and workmanlike manner. HP will replace, at no charge, any Product parts and Software media that are part of
an HP Branded Service, which are defective and returned to HP within ninety (90) days of delivery. 

  

	 	2.	During the Software warranty period, HP warrants that HP Branded Software updates will not fail to execute their programming instructions due to defects in materials and workmanship
when properly installed and used on the Hardware designated by HP. 

  

	 	3.	The above warranties do not apply to defects resulting from improper or inadequate maintenance or calibration by Business Development Partner or Customer; non-HP supplied Software,
interfacing or supplies; unauthorized modification; improper use or operation outside of the specifications for the Product; abuse, negligence, accident, loss or damage in transit; improper site preparation; or unauthorized maintenance or repair.

  

	 	C.	WARRANTY PERIODS AND PASS THROUGH PROCESSES 

  

	 	1.	WARRANTY PERIODS. Product warranty period and additional information is available in the Product specific warranty materials packaged with Product, on quotations, or upon request to
HP. If Business Development Partner does not pass through its HP warranty to its Customers, the warranty period begins on the date of Product receipt by Customer, or the date of Product installation if installed by HP. If Business Development
Partner’s Customer chooses to schedule or delays HP installation by more than thirty (30) days after receipt, the warranty period begins on the thirty-first (31st) day after Product receipt by Customer. 

  

 HP Confidential 
 Page 6 of 15 

	 	2.	PASS THROUGH PROCESSES. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, Business Development Partner may pass through the warranties provided under this Agreement to Other Business
Development Partners or to their Customers, so long as HP’s obligation is: 

  

	 	a.	not greater than the warranty coverage for defective Products as set forth in this Warranty Section; and 

  

	 	b.	not greater than the limitations of remedies and liability set forth in the Limitation of Remedies and Liability Section 18 of this Agreement. 

  

	 	    	Upon the request of Business Development Partner’s Customer, Business Development Partner shall provide a copy of any and all warranties for any Products to its Customer prior
to the downstream resale. In addition, Business Development Partner may provide more extensive warranty coverage for Customers, so long as HP has no responsibility for fulfilling the additional obligations. 

  

	 	3.	PASS THROUGH WARRANTY PERIODS. Where Business Development Partner uses the pass through processes described above, Products ordered by Business Development Partner from HP and
temporarily retained in inventory are warranted beginning with the shipment date from HP and ending with shipment to the Customer, for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days from date of original purchase from HP by Business Development Partner.
“User Warranties” apply only to End User purchasers of Products. Customer warranties begin upon Product purchase by the Customer and must be verified by proof of acquisition by such Customer. 

  

	 	D.	REMEDIES 

  
 In the event HP receives notice of defects or non-conformance to the warranties provided in this Agreement during the applicable Product warranty period, HP shall, at its option, repair, or replace the affected
Products. If HP is unable, within a reasonable time, to repair, replace or correct a defect or non-conformance in Products to a condition as warranted, Business Development Partner shall be entitled to a refund of the purchase price upon prompt
return of the Products to HP. Business Development Partner shall pay expenses for return of such Products to HP. HP shall pay expenses for shipment of repaired or replacement Products to Business Development Partner. 
  

	 	E.	WARRANTY EXCEPTIONS 

  

	 	1.	Except as otherwise noted in this Section 11, HP does not warrant that the operation of Products shall be uninterrupted or error free. 

  

	 	2.	Some newly manufactured Products may contain, and in supporting such Products HP may use, remanufactured parts that are equivalent to new in performance. 

 

	 	F.	WARRANTY EXCLUSIONS 

  

	 	1.	The warranties provided in this Section 11 shall not apply to defects resulting from abuse, misuse, negligence, accident, loss or damage in transit, or any other Products warranty
exclusion set forth in warranty materials or documentation, or from attempted repair by an unauthorized technician. Business Development Partner shall reimburse HP for all freight expenses incurred by HP as a result of returning Products that are
determined by HP to be (1) free from defect or (2) defective as a result of abuse, misuse, negligence, accident, loss or damage in transit. Such Products shall be shipped back to Business Development Partner, and Business Development Partner shall
be responsible for associated freight charges. If Products are returned to Business Development Partner, title to the Products and risk of loss shall pass to Business Development Partner at the time HP delivers Products to HP’s first designated
carrier. 

  

	 	2.	The warranties provided in this Section 11 shall apply only to those Products and Support that are branded by HP with an HP trademark (“HP Branded”). HP does not warrant
any third party Products or Support even if included with other HP Branded Products. Furthermore, HP provides all such third party Products and Support AS IS. However, the original manufacturers or suppliers may provide their own warranties as
specified in the documentation accompanying such third party Products and Support. 

  

	 	G.	WARRANTY DISCLAIMERS 

  
 THE WARRANTIES HEREIN ARE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE, AND NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, HP
SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. 
  

	12.	INSTALLATION AND SUPPORT 

  

	 	A.	Business Development Partner will provide Customers with access to information regarding HP designated support programs or other HP approved support plans to assist Customers in
obtaining warranty repair for Products. Unless Business Development Partner participates in the Authorized Service Provider Program, nothing in this Agreement permits Business Development Partner to perform HP warranty repair on defective HP
Product, even if Business Development Partner originally sold the HP Product. 

  

	 	B.	If Business Development Partner purchases an HP System and chooses to resell individual components of that system to Customer who is purchasing an add-on to an HP System, it is the
responsibility of Business Development Partner to provide the installation services to Customer at Business Development Partner’s expense. HP may agree, but is not obligated, to perform installation services at an additional charge.

  

 HP Confidential 
 Page 7 of 15 

	13.	SOFTWARE LICENSE AND DISTRIBUTION RIGHTS 

  

	 	A.	In return for a fee or fees designated by HP for Use of Software (“License Fee”), HP grants Business Development Partner a non-exclusive non-transferable license to
distribute Software to Customer for Customer’s Use. In situations regarding Open VMS Software or the sub-licensing of Software, such license shall incorporate the terms defined below into a written agreement, which shall be made available to HP
upon request: 

  

	 	1.	the terms set forth herein; 

  

	 	2.	Use restrictions and authorizations for the Software specified by HP in its quotation, invoice or terms that accompany the Software; and 

  

	 	3.	HP’s third party suppliers’ terms that accompany the Software. 

  
 In the event of a conflict, the third party suppliers’ terms that accompany the Software will take precedence over the Use restrictions and
authorizations specified by HP and the terms set forth herein, and the Use restrictions and authorizations specified by HP will take precedence over the terms set forth herein. 
  

	 	B.	Software is owned and copyrighted by HP or by third party suppliers. Business Development Partner’s Software License confers no title or ownership and is not a sale of any
rights in the Software, or the media on which it is recorded or printed. Third party suppliers may protect their rights in the Software in the event of any infringement. 

  

	 	C.	Unless otherwise permitted by HP, the End User may only make copies or adaptations of the Software for archival purposes, to replace a defective copy, for program error verification
or when copying or adaptation is an essential step in the authorized Use of the Software on a backup Device, provided that copies and adaptations shall be used in no other manner and provided further that the Use on the backup Device is discontinued
when the original or replacement Device becomes operable. 

  

	 	D.	Business Development Partner shall reproduce all copyright notices in or on the original Software on all permitted copies or adaptations. Business Development Partner will not
remove, omit or alter any label or copyright on or in the original Software. Business Development Partner may not copy the Software onto any public or distributed network. 

  

	 	E.	Bundled Software or Firmware provided to End Users may only be used when operating the associated Device in configurations as sold or subsequently upgraded by HP or Business
Development Partner. End Users may transfer Firmware only upon transfer of the associated Device. 

  

	 	F.	Updates, upgrades or other enhancements may be available under HP Support agreements. HP reserves the right to require additional licenses and fees for Use of the Software on
upgraded Devices. 

  

	 	G.	Business Development Partner shall not modify, disassemble or decompile the Software without HP’s prior written consent. Where Business Development Partner has other rights
under statute, Business Development Partner shall provide HP with reasonably detailed information regarding any intended disassembly or decompilation. Business Development Partner shall not decrypt the Software unless necessary for legitimate use of
the Software. 

  

	 	H.	End User’s Software License is transferable subject to HP’s prior written authorization and payment to HP of any applicable fees. Upon transfer of the Software License,
End User shall immediately deliver all copies of the Software to the transferee. The transferee must agree in writing to the terms of Business Development Partner’s Software License terms. All Software License terms shall be binding on
involuntary transferees, notice of which is hereby given. End User’s license shall automatically terminate upon transfer. 

  

	 	I.	Unless otherwise specified, all Software Licenses will be perpetual unless terminated or transferred in accordance with this Section 13(I). HP may terminate Business Development
Partner’s or any transferee’s or sublicensee’s Software License upon notice for failure to comply with any applicable Software License terms. Immediately upon termination, the Software and all copies of the Software shall be destroyed
or returned to HP. Copies of the Software that are merged into adaptations, except for individual pieces of data in Business Development Partner’s or transferee’s or sublicensee’s data base, shall be removed and destroyed or returned
to HP. With HP’s written consent, one (1) copy of the Software may be retained subsequent to termination for archival purposes. 

  

	 	J.	If the Software is licensed for use in the performance of a U.S. government prime contract or subcontract, Business Development Partner agrees that Software is delivered as
“Commercial computer software” as defined in DFARS 252.227-7014 (Jun 1995) or as a “commercial item” as defined in FAR 2.101(a), or as “Restricted computer software” as defined in FAR 52.227-19 (Jun 1987) or any
equivalent agency regulation or contract clause, whichever is applicable. Business Development Partner further agrees that the Software has been developed entirely at private expense. 

  

	 	K.	Business Microsoft License Grant Limitation 

  
 The following terms apply if Business Development Partner is or will be distributing pursuant to this Agreement HP Branded Products pre-installed,
bundled, or otherwise distributed with Microsoft operating system or application software : 
  

	 	1.	Business Development Partner will deliver to its Customers and/or resellers, as applicable, the Microsoft Certificate of Authenticity (“COA”) and Associated Product
Materials (“APM”) together with each HP Branded Products, in HP’s packaging, and will not quote a separate price for the Microsoft operating system, the Microsoft application software or both. APM means material associated with the
Microsoft operating system software or application software or both that accompanies the HP Branded Products in HP’s packaging, including without limitation the end user manual, recovery media, and external media. 

  

 HP Confidential 
 Page 8 of 15 

	 	2.	Business Development Partner acknowledges and agrees that if Customer and/or reseller does not comply with Section 1, Microsoft may notify HP that it must discontinue distribution
to such Customer and/or reseller of the HP Branded Products. HP will discontinue distribution to Business Development Partner promptly following receipt of such notice. Under no circumstances will HP’s failure to deliver HP Branded Products
ordered by Customer and/or reseller following receipt of such notice constitute a breach of this Agreement. 

  

	 	3.	Business Development Partner agrees to provide reasonable assistance to HP in any investigation of an incident where a Customer and/or reseller or any party within Customer’s
and/or reseller’s distribution channels delivers the COA and APM separate from HP Branded Products or quotes a separate price for the Microsoft operating system, the Microsoft application software, or both. 

  

	14.	MARKS 

  

	 	A.	HP may authorize Business Development Partner to display one or more designated HP name, symbols, trademarks, logotypes, trade names, and insignia. Unless provided otherwise to
Business Development Partner by HP, HP Marks that can be displayed by Business Development Partner can be found at the Partnership Website. Business Development Partner shall display the HP Marks solely to promote Products, Services and Support.

  

	 	B.	Business Development Partner shall not use any HP Marks in a manner implying Business Development Partner is or may be a branch or entity of HP. Business Development Partner shall
promptly discontinue such use of a HP Mark upon HP’s request. 

  

	 	C.	HP authorizes Business Development Partner, in describing its relationship with HP, to identify itself as an HP Business Development Partner for only those Products, Services, and
Support activities this Agreement permits Business Development Partner to purchase and resell or provide. 

  

	 	D.	Displays of HP Marks shall be in good taste and in a manner that preserves their value as HP Marks. Use of HP Marks shall be at all times subject to any HP standards, policies and
guidelines that may be set forth at the Partnership Website. All rights or purported rights in HP Marks acquired through Business Development Partner’s use belong solely to HP. HP reserves all rights under law or in equity for misuse of HP
Marks. 

  

	 	E.	HP reserves the right to require Business Development Partner to suspend its use of any HP Marks immediately, without prior notice. 

  

	 	F.	Business Development Partner grants HP the non-exclusive, royalty-free right to display Business Development Partner’s marks in advertising and promotional material. HP shall
display Business Development Partner’s marks in good taste, in a manner that preserves their value as Business Development Partner’s marks, and in accordance with any standards provided by Business Development Partner for their display.
Any rights or purported rights in Business Development Partner marks acquired through HP’s use belong solely to Business Development Partner. 

  

	 	G.	Business Development Partner shall not register or use any internet domain name which contains HP’s Marks, e.g., “HP”, “hp”, or “Hewlett-Packard”,
in whole or in part or any other name which is confusingly similar thereto. 

  

	15.	INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY PROTECTION 

  

	 	A.	Neither Party shall gain by virtue of this Agreement any rights of ownership of copyrights, patents, trade secrets, trademarks or any other intellectual property rights owned by the
other. 

  

	 	B.	HP copyrighted material and Software shall not be duplicated by Business Development Partner, except for archive purposes, to replace a defective copy, for program error
verification. Business Development Partner has a limited right to copy marketing and sales documentation provided by HP relating to Services in order to promote Business Development Partner’s service offering. 

  

	 	C.	HP will defend or settle any claim against Business Development Partner (or Customer and third parties to whom Business Development Partner is authorized by HP to resell or
sublicense), that HP Branded Products, Services or Support (excluding Custom Products and Custom Support notwithstanding pre-written Statements of Work regarding Support), delivered under this Agreement that alone and not in combination with any
other product constitutes an infringement of any third party United States patent, copyright, trade secret, mask work or trademark, provided that Business Development Partner: 

  

	 	1.	promptly notifies HP in writing; 

  

	 	2.	cooperates with HP in, and grants HP sole control of, the defense or settlement; and 

  

	 	3.	sold Products, or sold or performed Services or Support in complete compliance with this Agreement. 

  
 HP shall pay, subject to the limitation of liability in Section 15.E, the cost of such defense or settlement and costs, fees
and damages finally awarded by a court against Business Development Partner. 
  

	 	D.	HP may either (1) procure for Business Development Partner and its Customers the right to continued sale or use, as appropriate, of the Products or (2) modify or replace the
Products. If a court enjoins the sale or use of the Products and HP determines that none of the alternatives specified above is reasonably available, or in the case of a settlement agreement which binds HP, HP shall have the option to replace the
Products with non-infringing Products or modify the Products at HP’s expense so it becomes non-infringing, or repurchase the Products from Business Development Partner at Net Price and, if applicable, less any depreciation calculated on a five
(5) year straight line basis. 

  

 HP Confidential 
 Page 9 of 15 

	 	E.	HP shall have no obligation to Business Development Partner for any claim of infringement arising from: 

  

	 	1.	HP’s compliance with designs, specifications or instructions provided by Distributor, Business Development Partner, Customers, or third-party; 

  

	 	2.	HP’s use of technical information or technology provided by Distributor, Business Development Partner, Customers, or third-party; 

  

	 	3.	modification of the Products by Distributor, Business Development Partner, Customers, or third party; 

  

	 	4.	use of the Products in a manner not specified by HP; or 

  

	 	5.	use of the Products with products that are not HP Branded Products. 

  

	 	F.	THIS SECTION 15 STATES HP’s ENTIRE LIABILITY FOR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INFRINGEMENT BY PRODUCTS FURNISHED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. 

  

	16.	BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS 

  
 Business Development Partner is solely responsible for its acts, omissions, obligations, representations, or misrepresentations in providing its services
to End Users. Business Development Partner agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless HP against all claims, lawsuits, liabilities, losses, damages, costs and expenses (including attorney and expert witness fees) as a result of claims in any form
by Business Development Partner’s End Users, arising out of or in connection with Business Development Partner’s acts, omissions, obligations, representations, or misrepresentations in connection with Business Development Partner’s
provision of its services to End Users. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this clause shall not relieve HP of its obligations under any existing agreement between HP and Business Development Partner, or any existing agreement between HP and an End User
of the Business Development Partner’s services. 
  

	17.	CONFIDENTIALITY 

  

	 	A.	If Confidential Information is exchanged by the Parties, each Party shall protect the Confidential Information of the other in the same manner in which it protects its own like
proprietary, confidential, and trade secret information, but no less than a reasonable degree of care. If the Party claiming the benefit of this Section 17 furnishes Confidential Information in writing to the other Party and marks such information
“Confidential” or if such information is provided orally and the transmitting party (“Discloser”) confirms to the receiving party (“Recipient”) in writing within thirty (30) days of communication that the information is
confidential, then such information shall remain confidential for three (3) years after the date of the disclosure. All such information is deemed “Confidential Information.” 

  

	 	B.	As used herein, the term “Confidential Information” shall include, without limitation, all information designated by either party as confidential pursuant to Section 17
(A), all information or data concerning or related to Products (including the discovery, invention, research, improvement, development, manufacture, or sales thereof), processes, passwords or general business operations including sales costs,
profits, pricing methods, formal contractual communications, Sales-Out information, lists of Other Business Development Partners, organization and employee lists), and any information obtained through access to any systems (including computers,
networks, websites, voice mail, etc.) which, if not otherwise described above, is of such nature that a reasonable person would believe it to be confidential. Such information shall be deemed Confidential Information subject to the provisions of
this Agreement. 

  

	 	C.	This section shall impose no obligation upon a Recipient with respect to Confidential Information which (a) was in the Recipient’s possession before the Disclosure; (b) is or
becomes a matter of public knowledge through no fault of the Recipient’s (c) is rightfully received by Recipient from a third party without a duty of confidentiality; (d) is disclosed by the Discloser to a third party without a duty of
confidentiality on the third party; (e) is independently developed or learned by the Recipient; (f) is disclosed under operation of law; or (g) is disclosed by the Recipient with the Discloser’s prior written approval. No such information is
deemed to be Confidential Information. 

  

	 	D.	Business Development Partner will not publicize or disclose to any third party the contents of this Agreement without prior written consent from HP. 

  

	 	E.	If personal data for employees or customer employees of either HP or Business Development Partner is disclosed to either party, each party agrees to comply with the applicable data
protection laws when collecting, storing, transferring, sharing and/or otherwise processing such personal data. Unless expressly agreed otherwise, any personal data disclosed may only be used in accordance with the then-current HP privacy policy
available on the Partnership Website. 

  

	18.	LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND REMEDIES 

  

	 	A.	Products, Services and Support are not specifically designed, manufactured or intended as parts, components or assemblies for the planning, construction, maintenance, or direct
operation of a nuclear facility. Business Development Partner shall provide Customer purchasing Product(s), Support and Service(s) through Business Development Partner, notice of such restrictions. Should Business Development Partner fail to provide
such notice or resell Product(s), Support and/or Service(s) knowing they will be used for nuclear applications, Business Development Partner shall be solely liable and shall hold HP harmless from all costs, fees, expenses and liability arising
therefrom. 

  

	 	B.	Business Development Partner is solely responsible for all maintenance Services that Business Development Partner performs. HP is not liable for any damage to Products repaired by
Business Development Partner, whether in or out of warranty. In addition, HP is not responsible for the quality or punctuality of repairs made by Business Development Partner. 

  

 HP Confidential 
 Page 10 of 15 

	 	C.	HP will not be liable for performance delays or for non-performance due to causes beyond its reasonable control. HP will not be liable for any damages in connection with HP’s
furnishing of or Business Development Partner’s use of HP information. 

  

	 	D.	To the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines a Product purchased by Business Development Partner is defective and has directly caused property damage, bodily
injury or death, HP’s liability shall be limited to: 

  

	 	1.	payments described in Sections 11(D), 15C), or 15(F); 

  

	 	2.	damages for bodily injury or death; 

  

	 	3.	direct damages to tangible property up to a limit of U.S. one million dollars ($1,000,000); 

  

	 	4.	other actual damages for a claim arising from a material breach of Support services, up to a maximum of twelve (12) months of the related Support charges paid by Business
Development Partner during the period of material breach; and 

  

	 	5.	other direct damages for any claim based on a material breach of any other term of this Agreement up to a limit of U.S. one million dollars ($1,000,000) or the amount paid to HP for
the associated Product, Support or Service, whichever is less. 

  

	 	E.	Notwithstanding Section 18(D) above, in no event shall HP or its subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors or suppliers be liable for any of the following: 

 

	 	1.	actual loss or direct damage that is not listed in Section 18D herein; 

  

	 	2.	damages for loss of data or software and data or software restoration; 

  

	 	3.	damages arising from Business Development Partner’s, Customer’s or Customer’s procurement of substitute products or services (i.e., “cost of cover”); or

  

	 	4.	incidental, special or consequential damages (including downtime costs or lost profits but excluding payments described in Section 17 above and damages for bodily injury).

  

	 	F.	HP reserves the right to change the design or Specifications of Product(s); add or delete Products, Support and Service(s) without prior notice to Business Development Partner; and
change list price of Products, Support and Services. Business Development Partner shall be responsible for modification(s) it makes to Product(s), Support and Service(s)or for commitment(s) made with respect to special interfacing, compatibility or
suitability of Product(s), Support and Service(s) for specific applications. In the event Business Development Partner’s modifications have an adverse effect on Product support, marketing and technical specifications as determined by HP in its
sole discretion, HP may require Business Development Partner to cease making such modifications and notify HP in writing within ten (10) days of notice from HP, Customers purchasing the modified Product(s), Support and Service(s) to advise them of
HP’s concerns. Business Development Partner shall defend and indemnify HP’s costs, expenses, damages and fees incurred by HP by reason of such unauthorized modification. 

  

	 	G.	Business Development Partner shall, in the event of a Product safety notification or operational correction notification from HP, notify Customers who purchased the impacted
Product(s). Such notification may include providing reports for Customers listing resources for information, advertising in various publications, etc. The notification shall be in writing and sent to Customers within five (5) days of receipt of
notice from HP. 

  

	 	H.	THE REMEDIES IN THE CONTRACT SHALL BE BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES. 

  

	 	I.	IN NO EVENT SHALL HP BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA, OR FOR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOST PROFITS, OR FOR ANY OTHER OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES INCURRED
BY BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY. 

  

	19.	COMPLIANCE, RECORD KEEPING AND AUDIT 

  

	 	A.	Unless otherwise prohibited by local law, for purposes such as Product safety notification, operational problem correction and contract compliance (including compliance with
HP’s marketing and sales programs), Business Development Partner shall maintain Records for a period of no less than four (4) years from the date of sale or purchase of all Products. 

  

	 	B.	In the event HP offers drop-ship services, Business Development Partner shall provide the same information pertaining to the Customer as listed in this Section 19.

  

	 	C.	 At HP’s discretion and upon reasonable notice to Business Development Partner, HP and/or HP’s designate shall be given prompt access during normal
business hours, either on-site or through other means, including but not limited to electronic data extracts, specified by HP, to Business Development Partner’s Records, inventory records and other books and records of account pertaining to
Products and HP marketing or sales programs which are necessary, in HP’s sole discretion, to verify and audit Business Development Partner’s compliance with this Agreement or the terms and conditions of HP’s marketing or sales
programs or Business Development Partner’s Product inventory, if applicable. If HP authorizes a representative to conduct an audit of Business Development Partner’s Records, such representative shall have the same powers and entitlements
as HP, but shall further be entitled to inspect and make copies of Records that incorporate information that relates, both, to the Business Development Partner’s obligations under this Agreement and any other agreement provided that such
representative and Business Development Partner shall, upon Business 

  

 HP Confidential 
 Page 11 of 15 

	 	 
Development Partner’s request, enter into a confidentiality agreement in the form set forth in Section 17 herein. If, at the time Business Development
Partner signs this Agreement, it requests HP to do so, HP shall use the nationally prominent accounting or investigative services company of HP’s choice to conduct such audit. HP’s right to audit under this Section 19 survives the
termination or expiration of this Agreement for one (1) year beyond the date of termination or expiration. HP’s right to audit hereunder shall include HP’s right to audit Business Development Partner’s Records for the period
commencing four (4) years prior to the date of such audit. 

  

	 	D.	If Business Development Partner fails to comply with the record keeping and access requirements in Sections 19.A. and C. above or is found responsible for any program violations or
breaches of this Agreement as a result of an audit, HP may terminate this Agreement and Business Development Partner will be considered to be in breach of this Agreement subject to the terms of Section 25.C. below. If HP conducts an audit and
Business Development Partner is in compliance with all requirements of this Agreement and any applicable programs, all audit expenses will be the responsibility of HP. If HP conducts the audit and determines, in its sole discretion, that Business
Development Partner is not in compliance with this Agreement and any applicable programs, Business Development Partner agrees to pay all of HP’s costs and fees, in connection with the audit. 

  

	 	E.	HP may debit Business Development Partner for all improperly claimed discounts, rebates, promotional allowances or other amounts determined as a result of HP’s audit. The debit
will occur within sixty (60) days of the audit being completed and the findings communicated to Business Development Partner. HP will use the industry standard FIFO operating process to evaluate Business Development Partner’s claims, stock
protection, and HP promotional offers. All verifications of claims will be based on FIFO, unless Business Development Partner can satisfy HP that its current operating process is equal to FIFO. All verifications of stock protection will be based on
shipping date. If Business Development Partner is unable to assist HP in the reconciliation of Sale-In and Sale-Out and inventory reconciliation through additional information, then the anomalies identified in the audit or verification process will
be the basis for repayment and HP may debit Business Development Partner for such amounts. 

  

	 	F.	In addition to any and all other remedies available to HP, HP may recover all costs incurred with compliance verification procedures from Business Development Partner or promotional
funds, rebate funds or other HP accrued funds due Business Development Partner. 

  

	 	G.	From time to time HP may send to Business Development Partner a list of serial numbers of designated Products. Business Development Partner shall identify from which supplier it
purchased each serial number, to which Customer each serial number was delivered, and if special pricing was offered on a pass-through basis, provide HP with a copy of the invoice, delivery confirmation and payment information supporting such sale.
Business Development Partner shall send the foregoing information to its HP account manager in writing within a period not to exceed fourteen (14) days from the date of HP’s notice. 

  

	 	H.	Business Development Partner shall comply with additional record keeping and audit requirements contained in this Agreement and terms and conditions of any sales and marketing
program. 

  

	 	I.	Any and all information obtained by HP or HP’s designated agent during an audit described in Section 19 herein shall be deemed Confidential Information as described in Section
17 herein. 

  

	 	J.	Business Development Partner shall conduct its business that is related in any way to commerce involving any HP branded or Compaq branded Product subject to HP’s Business
Development Partners Code of Conduct as amended from time to time by HP and posted on the Partnership Website. Business Development Partner agrees that Business Development Partner’s compliance with HP’s Business Development Partners Code
of Conduct is an express condition of HP’s performance requirements under this Agreement and that HP may, at its sole discretion, terminate this Agreement for cause as set forth in Section 25 herein, and seek other remedies for any violation by
Business Development Partner of HP’s Business Development Partners Code of Conduct. If Business Development Partner has questions regarding HP’s interpretation of HP’s Business Development Partners Code of Conduct, Business
Development Partner may contact its HP account manager. 

  

	20.	SALES AND INVENTORY REPORTING 

  

	 	A.	As required by HP, Business Development Partner shall provide HP with accurate Products and/or inventory Sales-Out information in a format and frequency defined in the Reporting
Implementation Guidelines (available on the Partnership Website) or any other data management guidelines provided by HP, which are incorporated herein by reference. 

  

	 	B.	Expenses incurred to meet reporting requirements set forth in this Agreement or any related addenda are the sole responsibility of Business Development Partner.

  

	 	C.	Promotional or marketing programs assigning benefits to Business Development Partners are based upon purchases made by Customers and are calculated on the information reported by
Business Development Partner. Business Development Partner shall comply with the reporting requirements of such programs. Reporting such data is the sole responsibility of Business Development Partner, who releases HP from any cost, expense, fees
and liability arising from or related to Business Development Partner’s noncompliance with reporting requirements. 

  

	 	D.	 Business Development Partner warrants the accuracy of the information transmitted by Business Development Partner or Business Development Partner’s designate.
Business Development Partner is responsible for the accuracy of data provided to HP for benefits under HP programs which condition the provision of benefits on Business Development Partner’s Sales-Out or inventory information. Failure to report
accurate daily data for each Approved Location and to incorporate the previous day’s data for each Approved Location shall be a violation of this Agreement and result in penalties equal to HP’s cost and expenses to correct such errors.
Business Development Partner releases HP from any 

  

 HP Confidential 
 Page 12 of 15 

	 	 
cost, expense, fee and liability arising from or related to inaccurate reports provided by Business Development Partner or its designate.

  

	 	E.	Some HP financial programs may impose a twenty-five dollar ($25) minimum benefit before a benefit shall be paid. 

  

	 	F.	Business Development Partner may dispute, in writing, benefits paid to Business Development Partner pursuant to a promotional, marketing or special discount program. Business
Development Partner shall provide such written dispute to HP within the time frames set forth in the promotional or marketing program materials. If such materials fail to establish dispute time frames, Business Development Partner shall have ninety
(90) days from the date the benefit is paid to dispute the payment. If Business Development Partner and HP fail to resolve any benefits dispute, Business Development Partner may file suit against HP not more than one (1) year from the date of the
benefit payment that Business Development Partner disputed. HP’s review of such disputes shall be solely at HP’s discretion. 

  

	 	G.	HP reserves the right to refuse to review disputed benefit claims which are beyond the established time frames set forth in promotional, marketing or special pricing program
documentation or this Agreement or which are based on late, inaccurate or otherwise discrepant data supplied by Business Development Partner. 

  

	 	H.	In the event HP, in its own discretion, reviews disputed benefit claim(s), HP may charge for, and deduct from credits owed to Business Development Partner, all expenses HP incurs in
reviewing the disputed benefit claim(s). 

  

	 	I.	Business Development Partner shall not debit from invoice any unpaid benefits disputed by Business Development Partner. 

  

	 	J.	All information provided by Business Development Partner pursuant to this Section 20 herein shall be deemed Confidential Information as described in Section 17 herein.

  

	21.	POLICIES AND PROGRAMS 

  

	 	A.	From time to time, HP may make available to Business Development Partner certain promotional or marketing programs, including but not limited to, programs involving promotional
allowances, marketing funds, demonstration Products and development unit purchases, and Support. Participation in such programs or promotions shall be subject to the then-current terms and conditions of those programs or promotions as set forth on
Partnership Website and this Agreement. HP reserves the right to modify, discontinue or delete any such terms and conditions upon not more than fifteen (15) days notice to Business Development Partner. 

  

	 	B.	Promotional or marketing programs assigning benefits to Customers generally rely upon information reported by Business Development Partner. Business Development Partner shall comply
with the reporting requirements of such programs, and releases HP from claims, expenses, fees or liability arising from or related to Business Development Partner’s noncompliance or inaccurate reporting. 

  

	 	C.	Business Development Partner acknowledges that only sales made in compliance with this Agreement shall be eligible for marketing, promotional or other benefits offered to Business
Development Partners. 

  

	 	D.	To maintain channel and Products distribution equity, Business Development Partners with more than one (1) agreement with HP may be denied program or promotional benefits offered to
Other Business Development Partners with only a single specific agreement with HP. 

  

	22.	GENERAL 

  

	 	A.	The Parties hereby agree that they may do business electronically, including contract formation, order placement and acceptance. Any orders placed by Business Development Partner
and accepted by HP on any HP.com website or HP/ Business Development Partner extranet site will create fully enforceable obligations that will be subject to the terms hereof. Such orders and acceptances will be deemed for all purposes to be: (1)
business records originated and maintained in documentary form; (2) a “writing” or “in writing”; (3) “signed”; and (4) an “original” when printed from electronic files or records established and maintained in
the normal course of business. The Parties further agree not to contest the validity or enforceability of such transactions under the provisions of any applicable law relating to whether certain agreements are to be in writing or signed by the Party
to be bound thereby and will be admissible if introduced as evidence on paper in any judicial, arbitration, mediation, or administrative proceeding to the same extent and under the same conditions as other business records originated and maintained
in documentary form. In addition, the Parties agree that transactions may be conducted through EDI or other electronic methods, as agreed by the Parties. Business Development Partner and HP will adopt commercially reasonable security measures to
limit access to passwords and to limit access to the sites to authorized persons. Each party will be responsible for any unauthorized use of the sites or issuance of messages caused by the failure of its security measures. 

 

	 	B.	Business Development Partner shall create its own username and password (“Access Codes”) on the Partnership Website. Business Development Partner is solely responsible for
controlling access to its Access Codes. Business Development Partner shall only disclose its Access Codes to its authorized employees, representatives or agents. Business Development Partner shall be solely liable for any unauthorized use of its
Access Codes resulting from its failure to safeguard its Access Codes. If Business Development Partner believes or has reason to believe its Access Codes have become known to any unauthorized persons, Business Development Partner shall promptly
notify HP so that HP can deactivate such Access Codes. Business Development Partner then shall change the Access Codes. Business Development Partner shall be liable for all consequences, foreseen or unforeseen, resulting from Business Development
Partner’s failure to safeguard its Access Codes. HP shall not be liable for indemnity or damages of any kind resulting from Business Development Partner’s failure to safeguard its Access Codes. 

  

 HP Confidential 
 Page 13 of 15 

	 	C.	This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the Parties relating to its subject matter and supersedes all prior representations, discussions, negotiations, and
agreements, whether written or oral. HP hereby gives notice of objection to additional or inconsistent terms set forth in a purchase order or other document issued by Business Development Partner. No modification of this Agreement or this provision
shall be binding on either Party unless made in compliance with Section 23. 

  

	 	D.	Business Development Partner may not assign or transfer any rights or obligations hereunder without prior written consent of HP. 

  

	 	E.	Neither Party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of that provision or of the right to enforce it in the future.

  

	 	F.	To the extent that any term and condition of this Agreement is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of this
Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. The offending term and condition shall be deemed amended by the Parties so as to make it enforceable and, to the extent possible, have substantially the same legal effect as what was intended by the
Parties as of the date upon which this Agreement became effective between HP and Business Development Partner. 

  

	 	G.	The United Nations Convention on Agreements for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this Agreement or to transactions processed under this Agreement.

  

	 	H.	This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California. 

  

	 	I.	All days are calendar days unless otherwise stated. 

  

	 	J.	Business Development Partner and HP will conduct all its activities relating to their respective business in accordance with the highest standards of ethics and fairness as well as
compliance with applicable law. Either party may immediately terminate this Agreement if the other party fails to do so. 

  

	 	K.	Disputes arising in connection with a specific transaction under this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the country and locality in which the transaction is conducted, and
the courts of that country will have jurisdiction, except that HP may, at its option, bring suit for collection in the country where Business Development Partner is located. All other disputes arising under this Agreement will be governed by the
laws of the country in which the HP entity executing this Agreement is located and the courts of that country will have jurisdiction. 

  

	 	L.	Business Development Partners that purchase Products, Services, or Support for resale or sublicensing purposes hereby agree to the terms and conditions of the HP Care Pack Services
Exhibit, incorporated herein by reference. 

  

	 	M.	In the event of a conflict, the following order of precedence will apply: Program Guides or Operating Policies, whichever is appropriate; Addenda; and this Agreement.

  

	23.	CHANGES AND AMENDMENTS 

  

	 	A.	From time to time, HP may change discount schedules and implement or change HP policies or programs at its discretion, after written notice to Business Development Partner.

  

	 	B.	Any amendment shall automatically become a part of this Agreement on the effective date specified in the notice, unless Business Development Partner provides HP with written notice
of its objection to such amendment within fifteen (15) days of Business Development Partner’s receipt of HP’s notice. If both HP and Business Development Partner do not reach agreement to the amendment within thirty (30) days after
HP’s receipt of Business Development Partner’s objection, either Party may terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 25 herein below. 

  

	24.	NOTICES 

  

	 	A.	All notices and demands issued under this Agreement shall be in writing, delivered by confirmed facsimile transmission, overnight courier, personal service, first class mail postage
prepaid, or by registered mail. Notwithstanding the foregoing, HP may issue notices regarding Product, Service and Support updates, List Price changes, and modifications to or extensions of this Agreement through electronic methods.

  

	 	B.	Notices shall be considered given as of twenty-four (24) hours after sending by electronic means, facsimile transmission, overnight courier, or hand delivery, or as of five (5) days
of certified mailing. Delivery and receipt of notices is calculated based upon business days, excluding Saturday, Sunday, and federal government holidays. 

  

	 	C.	Notices to HP shall be sent to Hewlett-Packard Company, HP Americas Partners Contracts Organization, 10955 Tantau Avenue, Bldg 45 North-Middle, MS 4383, Cupertino, CA 95014-0794, or
at such different address as may be designated by HP by written notice to Business Development Partner. 

  

	 	D.	All notices shall be sent to the attention of the individual at the address set forth on the approval notification issued by HP to Business Development Partner.

  

	 	E.	Either Party may change its address at any time; however, upon changing address, the Party shall provide ten (10) days written notice to the other Party. 

 

	25.	TERM AND TERMINATION 

  

	 	A.	This Agreement will commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to Business Development Partner. This Agreement shall remain in effect
until May 31, 2005, or until otherwise terminated as set forth 

  

 HP Confidential 
 Page 14 of 15 

	 	 
in this Section 25. With the exception of Section 10 herein, either Party may terminate this Agreement (1) without cause at any time upon thirty (30) days
written notice or (2) with cause upon fifteen (15) days’ written notice. Termination of this Agreement may result in the termination of any other contract or Addenda between HP and Business Development Partner. 

  

	 	B.	In the event this Agreement is terminated for cause or Business Development Partner in any way fails to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement any and all existing
contracts between HP and Business Development Partner for the resale of any and all Products, Support and Services shall automatically terminate upon such default or termination. 

  

	 	C.	In the event of any breach of this Agreement by Business Development Partner, in addition to all other remedies available under this Agreement or in law and equity, HP may terminate
this Agreement and/or Business Development Partner will refund or forfeit any discounts or program payments paid and accrued during the scope of the breach period and reimburse HP for all reasonable attorney fees associated with enforcing these
provisions. 

  

	 	D.	In the event either Party (1) becomes insolvent; (2) is unable to pay its debts when due; (3) files for bankruptcy; (4) is the subject of involuntary bankruptcy; (5) has a receiver
appointed; or (6) has its assets assigned, the other Party may terminate this Agreement without notice and cancel any unfulfilled obligations with the exception of payment obligations. HP reserves the right to assert any claim it may have against
Business Development Partner to collect any outstanding payment obligations or balances owed to HP by Business Development Partner. 

  

	 	E.	In the event either Party gives the other notice of termination or advises the other of its intent not to renew this Agreement HP may require that Business Development Partner pay
cash in advance for additional deliveries from HP during the remaining term, regardless of Business Development Partner’s previous credit status, and may withhold all deliveries until Business Development Partner pays its outstanding balance.

  

	 	F.	Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, Business Development Partner shall promptly cease to be a Business Development Partner and is prohibited from representing itself
as such and from using any HP Marks. Business Development Partner’s right to display HP Marks shall cease as of the effective date of the termination or expiration of this Agreement. HP’s right to use Business Development Partner’s
Marks shall cease as of the effective date of the termination or expiration of this Agreement. Furthermore, all rights of Business Development Partner will immediately terminate, including but not limited to, rights to distribute, sub-license or
copy any HP Software Licenses to customers; transfer warranties of Products to customers or other HP Business Development Partners; or repackage or reproduce materials with HP tradename, label, trademark or marking. 

  

	 	G.	Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement HP may require that Products purchased under this Agreement which Products are unopened, in the original packaging and marketable as
new merchandise, be returned for credit against an outstanding balance or, if no such balance exists, be repurchased by HP. The repurchase or credit price paid by HP upon HP’s exercise of its right to repurchase or credit provided by Section 25
herein shall be the lower of either (1) the Net Price on the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement or (2) the original purchase price from HP. In calculating price, the promotional or other discounts or price protections or other
credits extended by HP for the Products shall be subtracted from the repurchase or credit price. 

  

	 	H.	Obligations concerning outstanding transactions, warranties, Support, Software licensing, intellectual property protection, limitations of liability and remedies, audit, and
confidentiality, will survive termination or expiration of this Agreement, except that provisions for Support shall survive through the periods set forth in this Agreement. Furthermore, obligations concerning audit from prior reseller agreements
between HP and Business Development Partner shall run concurrently with this Agreement and shall survive termination of the Agreement. 

  

	 	I.	Unless earlier terminated as provided in this Section 25 herein, this Agreement shall expire as indicated herein. All orders accepted by HP on or before expiration as indicated
herein shall be governed under the terms and conditions of this Agreement. 

  

	 	J.	Neither Party has made commitments regarding the duration or renewal of this Agreement beyond those expressly stated in this Agreement. 

  

	 	K.	Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this Agreement for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately terminate.

  

	 	L.	Upon termination, all rights to any accrued HP promotional allowance funds and HP promotional services will automatically lapse. 

  

	 	M.	This Agreement is effective on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to Business Development Partner. 

  

	 	N.	HP reserves the right, at its sole discretion, to unilaterally extend this Agreement for any duration. Notice of such extension shall be provided in hardcopy or electronic copy, at
HP’s sole determination. 

  

 HP Confidential 
 Page 15 of 15 

 AUTHORIZED SERVICES RESELLER PARTNER 
 FOR HP CARE PACK SERVICES (ASRP—CPS) EXHIBIT 
  

	1.	APPOINTMENT 

  

	 	A.	HP appoints Business Development Partner as an authorized, non-exclusive Business Development Partner to purchase select HP Care Pack Services from a source authorized by HP for
resale to Customers. The HP Care Pack Services available for purchase and resale by Business Development Partner shall be set forth on the Partnership Website, herein incorporated by reference. 

  

	 	B.	This HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement - HP Care Pack Services Exhibit (“ASRP - CPS Exhibit”) adds terms and conditions to the HP U.S. Business Development
Partner Agreement (“Agreement”) controlling Business Development Partner’s purchase and resale of HP Care Pack Services. Any and all purchases and resale of HP Care Pack Services shall be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions
of this ASRP - CPS Exhibit and the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this ASRP - CPS Exhibit and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this ASRP - CPS Exhibit shall take
precedence. 

  

	 	C.	Orders for HP Care Pack Services Products are subject to the terms of this ASRP - CPS Exhibit, the SPA Program Guide, and the applicable Technical Data Sheet in effect on the date
of the order. 

  

	 	D.	Business Development Partner accepts this appointment pursuant to the terms and conditions of this ASRP - CPS Exhibit and the terms and conditions of the Agreement.

  

	2.	ELIGIBILITY AND RELATIONSHIP 

  

	 	A.	This ASRP - CPS Exhibit is only applicable to Services and does not contain terms that govern, or apply to, the resale of HP (or third party) hardware, software or support. Terms of
Care Pack Services Deliverables are contained in the Services Partner Architecture Guide (“SPA Program Guide) on the Partnership Website and in the applicable Technical Data Sheet. 

  

	 	B.	Business Development Partner must be familiar with the prerequisites, use and functionality of HP Care Pack Services to be purchased and resold by Business Development Partner.

  

	 	C.	HP Care Pack services are offered in one (1) to five (5) year increments (depending on the HP Care Pack service level purchased), and are available for purchase by Customer, either
at the time Customer purchases Product from Business Development Partner, or for a fixed period of time after the ship date of such Products for which HP Care Pack services are being purchased. Refer to SPA Program Guide on Partnership Web Site for
specifics concerning the length of time for which services are available. 

  

	 	D.	Certain features of HP Care Pack services are optional and may be purchased upon request by Customer from Business Development Partner. Standard and optional features for HP Care
Pack services, and HP System Support covering HP Products and specified non-HP systems, are described in the HP Care Pack Program Guide and in the applicable Technical Data Sheet and will be provided pursuant to the specifications set forth therein.
Technical Data Sheets are given to the Customer by Business Development Partner and become an integral part of this HP Care Pack services. Some Service features have prerequisites and/or ongoing requirements that Business Development Partner is
responsible for ensuring are on the order so that Customer will receive all entitlements. 

  

	 	E.	Service limitations and Product supportability are as described in the SPA Program Guide and applicable Technical Data Sheet. 

  

	 	F.	Business Development Partner is responsible for complying with all training requirements designated by HP, and provided to Business Development Partner, for each eligible Service
the Business Development Partner resells. 

  

	 	G.	Except as otherwise agreed to in writing by the parties, Business Development Partner is responsible for the marketing and support of its services offering which incorporates the
Services purchased hereunder. 

  

	3.	PURCHASING/ORDERING PREREQUISITES 

  

	 	A.	All Hardware and Software Products that are part of a single support order must be covered at the same HP Care Pack Service level. Similarly, the duration period for such coverage
must be coterminous. 

  

	 	B.	All HP systems for which execution of diagnostic tests is software-dependent must at a minimum be covered by HP Care Pack services that provide periodic software updates.

  

	 	C.	For orders that include Software Support, all systems (including PC Server systems and XP storage devices) that are supported by one Customer system manager, except PC clients, must
be covered by HP Care Pack services, HP System Support or an existing custom contract for HP Software Support service. 

  

	 	D.	Business Development Partner will ensure that Customers understand they must have at least one system on the network covered under either HP Care Pack services or HP System Support
to purchase network support services packaged in HP Care Pack. Storage network environmental support services packaged in HP Care Pack are excluded from this requirement. 

  

	4.	BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER RESPONSIBILITIES 

  

	 	A.	Business Development Partner will establish and administer its own agreements with Customers to cover the Services delivered by HP. Business Development Partner will not resell, and
Business Development Partner will not obligate HP to deliver, Services that are not listed in the current version of services listed on the Partnership Website. 

  

 HP Confidential 
 ASRP-CPS Ex. 1 

	 	B.	Business Development Partner will comply with the general obligations specified in this ASRP - CPS Exhibit, together with any specific Business Development Partner obligations.
Business Development Partner acknowledges that HP’s ability to deliver the Services is dependent upon Business Development Partner’s full and timely cooperation with HP, as well as the accuracy and completeness of any information and data
Business Development Partner provides to HP. 

  

	 	C.	Except as expressly permitted in this ASRP - CPS Exhibit, Business Development Partner agrees not to distribute to Customers any HP documentation, other than that included with a HP
Care Pack Service. 

  

	 	D.	Business Development Partner will be responsible for all commitments it makes to Customers. All renewals, collections, promotions, sales and services to Customers will be Business
Development Partner’s sole responsibility. 

  

	 	E.	Business Development Partner will supply HP with Customer information (other than price) that HP in its sole opinion considers necessary for the timely and accurate delivery of
Services or to protect any rights of HP. 

  

	 	F.	Business Development Partner and Business Development Partner’s Customer are responsible for the security of their proprietary and confidential information and for maintaining
external procedures to reconstruct lost or altered Customer files, data, or programs. Business Development Partner must notify HP if any Services will be delivered in an environment that poses either a potential health hazard to HP employees or
subcontractors, or a security risk to HP employees or subcontractors. 

  

	 	G.	Business Development Partner will comply with the SPA Program Guide, including operating procedures and administrative processes. The SPA Program Guide is published on the
Partnership Website and is incorporated herein by this reference and subject to change from time to time at HP’s sole discretion. Any deviation by Business Development Partner from the SPA Program Guide must be agreed to in writing signed by
both parties. 

  

	 	H.	Business Development Partner will maintain reasonable standards of customer service and satisfaction as outlined in the SPA Program Guide. HP may terminate this Agreement if, in
HP’s reasonable opinion, Business Development Partner fails to maintain such customer service and satisfaction standards. 

  

	5.	BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER DELIVERY RESPONSIBILITIES 

  

	 	A.	Business Development Partner is responsible for reviewing the applicable HP Care Pack Services with the Customer, including the prerequisites, order requirements and final
configurations. 

  

	 	B.	Business Development Partner shall (i) provide HP with the location for delivery; and (ii) put in place with the Customer procedures for reporting order status.

  

	 	C.	Business Development Partner agrees to comply with all security procedures, facility restrictions, rules, regulations, and any other requirements when accessing the premises of HP
or the Customer. 

  

	6.	HP RESPONSIBILITIES 

  
 HP Care Pack Services may be added or deleted from the SPA Program Guide from time to time at HP’s sole discretion. 
  

	7.	PROGRAM MANAGERS 

  

	 	A.	Each party will appoint a Relationship Manager to serve as the primary representative for the delivery of Services. 

  

	 	B.	Each Relationship Manager will: (i) have overall responsibility for managing and coordinating the performance of the party it represents in a prompt and professional manner; (ii) be
authorized to act for and on behalf of the party it represents; (iii) meet with the other party’s Relationship Manager at regular agreed-upon intervals to review progress and resolve any issues relating to the Services; and (iv) attempt to
resolve disputes in accordance with the terms of this ASRP - CPS Exhibit. 

  

	 	C.	Business Development Partner’s Relationship Manager will designate a contact to receive all calls from HP or Customers concerning the Services. 

  

	 	D.	Either party may change its Relationship Manager at any time upon written notice or may provide different Relationship Managers for different Statements of Work.

  

	8.	ORDERS AND CHANGES 

  

	 	A.	The process for purchasing Services is set forth in the HP Business Development Partner Business Terms and Conditions. 

  

	 	B.	Requests by Business Development Partner and recommendations by HP for changes to the Services and Deliverables are subject to HP’s change management procedures, and will only
become effective once mutually agreed by the parties in writing. 

  

	 	C.	Orders for HP Care Pack services are subject to the terms of the SPA Program Guide and the applicable Technical Data Sheet. For orders that include Software Support, Business
Development Partner must ensure that Customer receives HP Care Pack services that corresponds to processor type, processor quantity, application Software, and if applicable, storage system device type and data capacity. 

  

	9.	SALES AND MARKETING LITERATURE 

  

	 	A.	 HP may provide Business Development Partner with marketing materials regarding the Services from time to time to provide to Business Development Partner’s
prospective or existing Customers. Upon HP’s express written permission, Business Development Partner may copy the marketing materials. Business Development Partner shall not remove, 

  

 HP Confidential 
 ASRP-CPS Ex. 2 

	 	 
alter, cover, or otherwise deface any trademark, copyright notice, or other notice on HP’s marketing materials. HP shall retain ownership of all such
materials. 

  

	 	B.	Business Development Partner warrants and represents that Business Development Partner’s sales and marketing materials will at all times comply with all applicable laws, rules
and regulations and will not contain any materials that are obscene, threatening, fraudulent, harassing, libelous, infringing of third party intellectual property rights or otherwise illegal. 

  

	10.	WARRANTY 

  

	 	A.	HP warrants that it will perform its services using generally recognized commercial practices and standards. 

  

	 	B.	Business Development Partner warrants that it will perform its services using generally recognized commercial practices and standards. 

  

	 	C.	THE WARRANTIES CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES WHETHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS, AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER HEREBY
EXPRESSLY WAIVES, ALL OTHER EXPRESS WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS, AND OBLIGATIONS IMPLIED IN LAW, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 

  

	11.	BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER INDEMNIFICATION 

  

	 	A.	Business Development Partner agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless HP, its employees, agents, or subcontractors against any claim, suit, proceeding, including those based on
contract or tort, brought by a third party, including Customers, arising out of reselling HP Care Pack Services to Customers. Business Development Partner agrees to pay all damages and costs awarded with respect to such claim or agreed to in any
settlement of that claim, including reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by HP. 

  

	 	B.	Business Development Partner will defend and hold harmless HP, its employees, agents, or subcontractors against any claims arising out of or relating to Business Development
Partner’s infringement of any patents, trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, service marks or trade names alleged to have occurred, related to Business Development Partner’s reselling HP Care Pack services to Customers. Business
Development Partner agrees to pay all damages and costs awarded with respect to such claim or agreed to in any settlement of that claim. 

  

	 	C.	HP will provide Business Development Partner with notice of a claim, the right to control the defense against such claim and related settlement negotiations, and reasonable
cooperation from HP at Business Development Partners expense. 

  

	12.	LIMITATION OF LIABILITY 

  

	 	A.	Business Development Partner is solely responsible for all contractual relationships with the Customer. HP is not liable for any claims, damages, or liabilities arising out of
Business Development Partner’s direct contractual relationships with Customers, if any, unless and except as expressly authorized by HP or this ASRP - CPS Exhibit. 

  

	 	B.	HP’S AGGREGATE LIABILITY TO BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER FOR ANY REASON AND UPON ALL CLAIMS AND CAUSES OF ACTION HEREUNDER WILL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT OF FEES PAID BY
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER GIVING RISE TO SUCH LIABILITY FOR THE SERVICES. THIS LIMITATION APPLIES TO ALL CAUSES OF ACTION OR CLAIMS INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION BREACH OF CONTRACT, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER TORTS.
IN NO EVENT WILL HP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF PROFITS OR LOSS OF SAVINGS OR REVENUE, EVEN IF IT HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES. 

  

	13.	GENERAL 

  

	 	A.	Nothing in this ASRP - CPS Exhibit will prohibit HP from selling HP Care Pack or services similar to HP Care Pack to Customers directly.  

  

	 	B.	Business Development Partner agrees not to solicit, or make offers of employment to or enter into consultant relationships with, employees or consultants of HP if such person was
involved, directly or indirectly, in the performance of this ASRP - CPS Exhibit, within a one (1) year period of the cessation of such employment or consultant engagement; provided, however, that nothing contained herein will prevent a party from
hiring any such employee or consultant who responds to a general hiring program conducted in the ordinary course of business or who approaches such party on a wholly unsolicited basis. 

  

	 	C.	This ASRP - CPS Exhibit and any related agreement may not be used for any U.S. Federal Government Order, Project, or other form of business. 

  

	 	D.	If HP Care Pack services are financed as part of an HP Financing Agreement, the HP Financing Agreement terms and conditions regarding cancellation will govern.

  

	14.	TERM AND TERMINATION 

  

	 	A.	 Business Development Partner’s appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to Business
Development Partner. Business Development Partner’s appointment shall terminate, unless otherwise terminated as set forth herein, upon termination or expiration of the Agreement. At HP’s discretion, Business Development Partner’s
appointment may be renewed upon expiration of this ASRP - CPS Exhibit. 

  

 HP Confidential 
 ASRP-CPS Ex. 3 

	 	 
Either party may terminate this ASRP - CPS Exhibit or the entire Agreement without cause at any time upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the other
party, or with cause at any time upon fifteen (15) days’ written notice to the other party. 

  

	 	B.	Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement or this ASRP - CPS Exhibit for any reason, Business Development Partner shall immediately cease representing itself as a seller of HP
Care Pack Services and shall immediately cease any activity permitted by this ASRP - CPS Exhibit. 

  

	 	C.	Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this ASRP - CPS Exhibit for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately terminate.
Business Development Partner shall immediately return to HP at Business Development Partner’s expense all free-of-charge materials provided to Business Development Partner by HP for the sale and support of HP Services. 

 

 HP Confidential 
 ASRP-CPS Ex. 4 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT - 
 DEFINITIONS ADDENDUM 
  
 This U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement - HP Definitions Addendum (“Definitions Addendum”) to the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement
(“Agreement”) provides definitions for capitalized terms used in the Agreement, associated Addenda, and Exhibits. In the event of conflict between terms and conditions in the Definitions Addendum and the terms and conditions in the
Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Definition Addendum shall take precedence. 
  

	1.	“ABSP” or “HP Authorized Business Solution Partner” means the arrangement within the HP Services Partner Architecture Program whereby ABSPs may deliver
business solutions such as HP Storage Services and HP Technical Services, by becoming certified through training, qualification metrics, sales and support capabilities. 

  

	2.	“Access Code(s)” means the OID or Business Development Partner’s username or password, or any combination thereof, which allows Business Development Partner
access to and use of the Partnership Website. 

  

	3.	“Accredited Technicians” means Business Development Partner employees who successfully pass tests required by HP to provide support for Eligible HP Products.

  

	4.	“Addendum” or “Addenda” means document(s) attached to, incorporated by reference in, or added to the Agreement at any time during the life of the
Agreement that set(s) forth additional descriptions and requirements of particular Business Development Partner relationships, Products, Services and Support offerings. 

  

	5.	“Adopted Format” means the accepted method for the interchange of Messages under the addendum for record-keeping audit and reporting based on the EDIFACT, ANSI or
ASC X12 standards, InfoNow Web POS or the formats agreed to in writing by the Parties for the presentation and structuring of the electronic transmission of Messages. 

  

	6.	“Affiliate” means any business entity in which a Party owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities or ownership interest, any
parent corporation of such Party, or any business entity in which a Party’s parent corporation owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities or ownership interest. Affiliates of Business Development Partner
shall be listed in the System Integrator or Enterprise and Business System Products Application and may be modified and revised upon written notice by Business Development Partner and acceptance by HP. 

  

	7.	“Agreement” means the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement, any attached agreement(s), program guides, signature page(s), Addenda, Exhibits, Operating
Policies and Partnership Website content referenced in the HP Business Development Partner Agreement. 

  

	8.	“Alpha” or “HP Alpha” means specific Products available to Business Development Partners that have (1) an Agreement with HP; and (2) met specific
HP-mandated qualifications as set forth in Alpha Addendum. HP Alpha Products may be transacted through the reselling or influencing sales motions, as set forth in the Addenda permitting the purchase and resale or influencing of such HP Alpha
Products. 

  

	9.	“Application” means the form located on Partnership Website to be completed by any applicant who desires to sell certain Products, Support or Services. Information
on the Application includes, but is not limited to, company name, company address, and various other approval criteria. 

  

	10.	“Approved Location” means a list of Business Development Partner’s selling and headquarters locations approved by HP and part of the Agreement.

  

	11.	“ASDP” or “HP Authorized Service Delivery Partner” means a Business Development Partner that has met the requirements for and currently holds an
Authorized Service Delivery Partner Addendum. 

  

	12.	“ASDP Program” or “HP Authorized Service Delivery Partner Program” means the HP program that authorizes ASDP to (1) perform warranty service on
Eligible HP Products at Customer sites or repair locations within the United States only and (2) purchase spare parts for Eligible HP Products. 

  

	13.	“ASP Program” or “HP Authorized Support Provider Program” means the HP program that authorizes Business Development Partner to (1) perform warranty
services on Eligible HP Products at Customer sites or repair locations within the United States, and to (2) purchase spare parts for Eligible HP Products. 

  

	14.	“Auction” means any public, closed, or internet sale at which Products, Services, or Support are sold using a bidding process. 

  

 

 
  
 Page 1 of 11 

	15.	“Authorized Services Reseller Partner for HP Consulting & Integration Services” or “ASRP-CIS” means a Business Development Partner that has met the
requirements for and currently holds an Authorized Services Reseller Partner for HP Consulting & Integration Services “ASRP-CIS” Addendum. 

  

	16.	“Authorized Solution Sales Partner” or “ASSP” means a Business Development Partner that has met the requirements for and currently holds an
Authorized Solution Sales Partner Addendum. 

  

	17.	“Authorized Warranty Delivery Partner” or “AWDP” means a Business Development Partner that has met the requirements for and currently holds an Authorized
Warranty Delivery Partner Addendum. 

  

	18.	“Authorized Warranty Delivery Partner Program” or “HP Authorized Warranty Delivery Partner Program” or “AWDP Program” means the HP
program that authorizes Business Development Partner to (1) perform warranty service on Eligible Products at Customer sites or repair locations within the United States only and (2) purchase spare parts for Eligible Products

  

	19.	“Base Product(s)” means the standard HP Product(s) on which a Custom Product is based. 

  

	20.	“Bundled Software” means Software that is included on another Product or Device. 

  

	21.	“Business Development Partner(s)” or “BDP” means (1) the U.S. authorized signatory to the Agreement permitted to solicit and obtain orders or execute
Transactions or Products, Services or Support pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Agreement; (2) the U.S. entity(-ies) contractually authorized by HP to solicit and obtain orders to execute Transactions; (3) the officers, employees, agents,
and contractors of the U.S. entity(-ies) whom HP has contractually authorized to engage in soliciting and obtaining orders or execute Transactions; (4) the U.S. authorized signatory to the Agreement permitted to participate in programs and certain
activities that provide hosting services to Customers, and/or create business demand for Product. 

  

	22.	“Business Development Partner Scheduled Buyout” means HP Courses offered by Business Development Partner as open enrollment at Business Development Partner
designated facilities. 

  

	23.	“Card” means any credit card issued by a Card Association. 

  

	24.	“Card Association” means a company providing credit and a deferred payment option to individuals or companies. The individual or company utilizes the available
credit by charging purchases via a credit card. 

  

	25.	“Care Pack Product” or “HP Care Pack Product” means any of a family of HP Services offerings that are packaged with a specific specification and list
price for sale as a stand alone Product or with selected Products. 

  

	26.	“Co-location Customer” means any End User who owns all or any portion of Products used to conduct its business, even though such Products are physically located at
one or more DataCenters. 

  

	27.	“Commission(s)” means either a flat fee or a fee that is paid to Business Development Partner that is equal to a percentage of the Net Selling Price for each
Product and/or Service sold or provided to Customer. 

  

	28.	“Confidential Information” means information defined in the Agreement as confidential or proprietary. 

  

	29.	“Configuration Tool(s)” means HP and third party software that is used for the purpose of selling, configuring, quoting prices for, ordering, distributing and/or
supporting Products and Business Development Partner products. 

  

	30.	“Controlled Products,” “Controlled Distribution” or “A” means Products sourced and sold through a narrow distribution environment
determined exclusively at the discretion of HP as set forth at the Partnership Website. Controlled Products may only be sold by those Business Development Partners that meet any HP-specified criteria and/or qualifications and that are authorized by
HP to sell such Products. Controlled Products may not be sold through an internet reselling motion. 

  

	31.	“Corrections” means changes made in the HP Software Products to correct errors or defects in the HP Software Products or to make the HP Software Products conform to
then-current specifications. 

  

	32.	“Course(s)” or “HP Course(s)” means the programs of instruction available from HP. 

  

	33.	“Custom Product(s)” means Products that are customized according to specifications provided by Business Development Partner. Specifications of the Custom Products
and the Custom Products available for purchase pursuant to the Custom Products Addendum are listed in the application, which includes Base Product information and the Statement of Work for customization to Business Development Partner’s
specification. 

  

	34.	 “Custom Specifications” means the HP then-current published operating and technical specifications for Custom Product(s) 

  

 

 
  
 Page 2 of 11 

	 	 
and HP Software Products. 

  

	35.	“Custom Support” means any agreed upon non-standard Support, including but not limited to consulting and custom project services. 

  

	36.	“Customer(s)” means the End User purchaser of Products and Services or the recipient of Support. 

  

	37.	“Customer Response Center” or “HP Customer Response Center” means the entity within HP that is responsible for providing assistance to
Customers or Business Development Partners. 

  

	38.	“Customer Sales Reporting Application” or “CSRA” means the reference book comprising the user manual(s), other documentation of commercial and
technical procedures and rules and other requirements applicable to the interchange of Messages using the Adopted Format. 

  

	39.	“Customer Satisfaction Returns” means Products purchased from and returned to Business Development Partner by Customer because the Product did not meet Customer
expectations of the HP Product. 

  

	40.	“DataCenter” or “DataCenter Location(s)” means a physical location owned or leased, operated, managed and controlled by xSP Business Development
Partner at which Products and xSP Offerings are utilized by the xSP Business Development Partner to provide IT services to xSP Business Development Partner’s End User customers. xSP Business Development Partner shall list its DataCenter
Locations on its application. xSP Business Development Partner further agrees to provide HP with written notice of any change to the DataCenter Locations contained in the application within ten (10) days of such change. 

  

	41.	“Data Log” means the complete record of data exchanged and represents all of the Messages sent and received by each Party. 

  

	42.	“Dedicated Buyout” means those HP Courses offered by Business Development Partner as a dedicated delivery to a single Customer account.

  

	43.	“Defective Unit Returns” means Products purchased from and returned to Business Development Partner by Customer because the HP Product was Dead On Arrival at
Customer’s location or was otherwise broken or defective and does not function properly due to the defect. 

  

	44.	“Dead on Arrival” or “DOA” means Custom Product that upon initial inspection by Business Development Partner is DOA or has an “out of box”
failure for one or more of the following reasons: 1) does not power up due to an HP part; 2) is missing a part (e.g., memory, hard drive, etc.), excluding country kits, power cord, keyboard, mouse, documentation and/or software; 3) is functional,
but the hardware in the unit does not meet the HP Product specification (e.g., 3.2 GB hard drive instead of published 6.4GB); and/or 4) is incapable of normal operation due to an HP part. 

  

	45.	“Deliverables” means the work product, materials, documentation and other items identified in each Statement of Work. 

  

	46.	“Delivery” means standard HP shipping to and arrival at the receiving area at the “Ship To” address identified on the Quotation. 

 

	47.	“Delivery Date” means the calendar date on which HP will deliver Product to Business Development Partner. 

  

	48.	“Device” means a controller, processor or other hardware Product that requires software to function. 

  

	49.	“Direct Order” means a purchase order directly from Customer to HP. 

  

	50.	“Direct Prime Partner” means a Business Development Partner appointed to purchase directly from HP and authorized to purchase and resell or sublicense Products,
Services and/or Support subject to the terms and conditions of the Direct Partner Prime Addendum. 

  

	51.	“Direct Response Channel” or “DRC” or means the marketing channel in which Business Development Partners’ primary go-to-market strategies are
telephone, facsimile, catalog, internet, and direct mail. 

  

	52.	“Distributor(s)” means those entity(-ies) having a current U.S. Distributor Agreement, Enterprise Channel Partner Agreement, Channel Service Provider Agreement or
an Authorized Distributor Agreement with HP. Distributors may purchase Products for resale purposes only directly from HP. Distributor may not purchase products for resale from other Distributors or any other non-authorized sources. Distributors
resell Products to Business Development Partners. Distributors may resell Open Products and, if so authorized, Controlled and Enterprise Products. 

  

 

 
 Page 3 of 11 

	53.	“DRC Program” means a program specific document that sets forth detailed descriptions of the requirements, processes, and features of any HP Program for Business
Development Partners that have been appointed by HP to market, promote and resell Products to Customers using through telephone, facsimile, catalog, internet, and direct mail 

  

	54.	“Due Date” means the calendar date on which payment for HP Products and/or Services is due and payable, as indicated on the HP invoice to the Business Development
Partner. 

  

	55.	“e3000 Products” or “HP e3000 Products” means specific Products available to those Business Development Partners that have (1) an Agreement with
HP; and (2) met specific HP-mandated qualifications as set forth in e3000 Addendum HP e3000 Products may be transacted through the reselling or influencing sales motions, as set forth in the Addenda permitting the purchase and resale or influencing
of such HP e3000 Products. 

  

	56.	“EDI/RSO Reporting Handbook” means the reference book comprising the user manual(s), other documentation of commercial and technical procedures and rules and other
requirements applicable to the exchange of Messages using the Adopted Format. The EDI/RSO Reporting Handbook and any revisions are incorporated by reference into the Record-Keeping Audit and Reporting Addendum and the Agreement.

  

	57.	“Education Services Website” or “HP Education Services Website” means the website located at www.hp.com/education that provides HP Course
scheduling and class location information to the Business Development Partner. 

  

	58.	“Education Products” means all courses and services so identified on HP Partnership Website. 

  

	59.	“Effective Date” means the calendar date stated in the approval notification from HP to the Business Development Partner which indicates the commencement date for
the Business Development Partners Agreement and/or Addenda. 

  

	60.	“Electronic Data Interchange” or “EDI” means the data transfer process used by Business Development Partners to report business operations data to HP.

  

	61.	“Eligible Products” means the current HP computer and peripheral products to which Business Development Partner is allowed to provide warranty service under the
AWDP Addendum. 

  

	62.	“Eligible HP Authorized Business Solutions” means HP Authorized Business Solutions that Business Development Partner is permitted to deliver pursuant to the HP
Authorized Business Solution Partner Addendum. Eligible HP Authorized Business Solutions are further defined in the SPA Program Guide. 

  

	63.	“End of Life PSG Product List” means an HP-generated list of End of Life PSG Product descriptions, minimum order quantities, and applicable HP Prices offered by HP
to Business Development Partner for potential purchase. 

  

	64.	“End of Life PSG Product(s)” means those Products in product lines 7F, 8B, and AN, including, but not limited to personal computing and netserver Products, that HP
has identified as obsolete. End of Life PSG Products shall be sold with all standard accessories, i.e., those normally included when the HP End of Life PSG Products was sold as new, prior to obsolescence. 

  

	65.	“End User(s)” means the party who has submitted or is likely to submit a formal request to purchase Products, Services or Support from or through Business
Development Partner. End User(s) are not Business Development Partner’s corporate parent, any subsidiary of corporate parent, or any other entity effectively controlled by Business Development Partner’s corporate parent.

  

	66.	“End User Agreement” means an HP agreement that governs Customer purchases directly from HP. 

  

	67.	“Enterprise Server Products” or “HP Enterprise Server Products” means specific Products available to those Business Development Partners that have (1) an
Agreement with HP and (2) met specific HP-mandated qualifications as set forth in the Enterprise Server Addendum. HP Enterprise Server Products may be transacted through the reselling or influencing sales motions, as set forth in the Addenda
permitting the purchase and resale or influencing of such HP Enterprise Server Products 

  

	68.	“Enterprise Storage Products” or “HP Enterprise Storage Products” means specific Products available to those Business Development Partners that have (1)
an Agreement with HP and (2) met specific HP-mandated qualifications as set forth in the Enterprise Storage Addendum. HP Enterprise Storage Products may be transacted through the reselling or influencing sales motions, as set forth in the Addenda
permitting the purchase and resale or influencing of such HP Enterprise Storage Products. 

  

	69.	“Estimated Volume” means the mutually agreed upon combined monetary value of eligible Products and related Support that Business Development Partner will order from
each Product Exhibit during each Ordering Period. 

  

	70.	 “Exhibits” means attachments to the Agreement that describe or otherwise apply to the sale or license of Products, Services 

  

 

 
 Page 4 of 11 

	 	 
or Support. 

  

	71.	“Field Change Notice” means a notice of a mandatory engineering change to a Product. Such changes include revisions to safety or data integrity features and will be
made to retrofit Products after Business Development Partner’s purchase and receipt of the Product. 

  

	72.	“FIFO” means a method of inventory accounting in which the oldest remaining items are assumed to have been the first sold (“first in, first out”).

  

	73.	“Firmware” means Software that is fixed in a Device and not removable in normal operation. 

  

	74.	“Fulfillment Programs Only IPG Products” means HP Imaging and Printing Products that are available to Business Development Partners for purchase from HP
solely for the purpose of fulfilling HP Customers’ orders submitted through the HP Multifunctional Printer VIP Program. 

  

	75.	“Fulfillment Programs” or “HP Fulfillment Programs” means any HP direct sales model, or Product evaluation programs, whereby HP Customers order
Products directly from HP and Business Development Partner fulfills HP Customer orders on HP’s behalf. 

  

	76.	“Fulfillment Service Agreements” means any and all executed agreements between Business Development Partner and HP setting forth the terms and conditions
controlling Business Development Partner’s fulfillment of HP Customer orders through Fulfillment Programs. 

  

	77.	“General Services Administration” or “GSA” means the branch of the U.S. Government responsible for providing federal agencies with workplaces, computing
solutions, acquisition services and management policies. 

  

	78.	“Government” means a United States Government agency or department or an End User with valid purchasing authority from the GSA list of authorized End User agencies.

  

	79.	“GSA Schedule” means a negotiated contract between a Business Development Partner and the GSA. 

  

	80.	“Guide to HP Services Partner Architecture Program” means the document on the Partnership Website that sets forth the specific relationship(s) and obligations
pertaining to Services between HP and Business Development Partner under the Agreement. 

  

	81.	“HAO” or “HP High Availability Observatory” means the combination of Hardware, Software and, if applicable, documentation, owned and
operated by HP, but installed in Customer’s specified site. The HAO is a feature of certain mission critical support offers, and is used to facilitate the delivery of Services to Customer. 

  

	82.	“Hardware” means computers and the associated physical equipment directly involved in the performance of data processing or communications functions. (e.g.
monitors, central processing units, keyboards, printers, servers or other computer hardware Products). 

  

	83.	“Hewlett-Packard” or “HP” means the Hewlett-Packard Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 

  

	84.	“Hosting Partner” means a third party company that provides the website content for each Business Development Partner’s SW Depot Site web page and
administration site, as well as the credit card and purchase order capability for those websites. 

  

	85.	“HP Branded” means Products branded by HP with a HP or Compaq Trademark 

  

	86.	“HP Enterprise System Group Order Administration” means the order administration group responsible for accepting Enterprise Product orders from the HP Business
Development Partners with direct purchase relationships. 

  

	87.	“HP ProCurve Elite Partner” means those Business Development Partners permitted to purchase ProCurve Products upon meeting and agreeing to specific requirements as
specified in the associated Addenda. 

  

	88.	“iCOD” or “Instant Capacity on Demand” means the program that provides immediate access to inactive processors on a Customer’s HP-UX server, which
provides capacity flexibility to the Customer. 

  

	89.	“Individual Customers” means the faculty, staff (i.e., any permanent employee) and students (i.e., anyone enrolled in a degree or certificate granting program) of
an Institution or anyone who has been accepted by the Institution for enrollment for the next semester. 

  

 

 
 Page 5 of 11 

	90.	“Information Resources” means collectively (1) the Services Partner Architecture Program Guide (“SPA Program Guide”), (2) information or instructions for
accessing service authorization training and HP remote technical assistance as defined in the SPA Program Guide, (3) HP Service Parts Information as defined in the SPA Program Guide, and (4) the Partnership Website and HP Services website at
http://www.hp.com/partners/csn. 

  

	91.	“InfoNow Web POS” means a sales reporting tool for resellers that is intended to provide a streamline and flexible sales reporting process without the need for an
EDI infrastructure. 

  

	92.	“Initial System” means the first Product sold to a Customer with added value. 

  

	93.	“Institution” means an educational entity purchasing HP Products under the associated Addendum. 

  

	94.	“Institutional Customers” means the internal and/or departmental entities within an Institution that purchase Products. 

  

	95.	“Intellectual Property” means all patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, and other similar intellectual property. 

  

	96.	“IPG” means the Imaging and Printing Group of Hewlett-Packard. 

  

	97.	“ISS” means Industry Standard Servers, and includes, but is not limited to HP Product groups such as Proliant IA-32 Servers, blade servers, and rack products.

  

	98.	“Letter of Supply” means a letter from HP guaranteeing to the Business Development Partner the appropriate amount of Product to meet the demand of the Government
under the GSA schedule. 

  

	99.	“Level 1 Support” means the initial technical investigation and analysis of a problem with a Product and shall include, among other things, a search for previously
reported problems, identifying and issuing of available Corrections or workarounds as appropriate. Level 1 Support also includes provision of warranty or on-site assistance by Business Development Partner’s field engineers if required. If
unable to resolve the issue, Level 1 Support will work with and refer problem to Level 2 Support. 

  

	100.	“Level 2 Support” means in-depth investigation and analysis of a problem with a Product and includes, but is not limited to, problem isolation, efforts to reproduce
the problem, and establishing workarounds. Level 2 Support also includes on-site assistance by Business Development Partner’s field engineers if required. If unable to resolve the issue, Level 2 Support will work with and refer problem to Level
3 Support. 

  

	101.	“Level 3 Support” means provision of resolutions for previously unsolved problems with Products and shall include generation and verification of Corrections or
workarounds, and integration with applicable releases. Level 3 Support also includes on-site assistance by HP if required. 

  

	102.	“License Fee(s)” means the fee(s) designated by HP for use of Software. Different License Fees may apply to particular Software if more than one type of Software
License is available for that Software. 

  

	103.	“Limited Product(s)” or “HP Limited Product(s)” means the U.S. versions of Products sold pursuant to the associated Addendum that are (1) displayed
to Business Development Partner on the Partnership Website; and are (2) included in a personal computing solution resold by Business Development to Customer as part of a solution 

  

	104.	“List Price” means the non-discounted price set by HP to its direct purchasers which serves as the basis for applying any discounts. 

  

	105.	“Marks” means designated name, symbols, trademarks, logotypes, trade names, and insignia belonging to HP or the Business Development Partner.

  

	106.	“Major Change” means (1) a discontinuance of the Base Product for which either no replacement Product will be made available or (2) differences between the
discontinued Base Product and the corresponding replacement Base Product are more than incremental changes that generally affect form, fit, reliability or function. 

  

	107.	“Major Release(s)” means a release of an HP Software Product subsequent to the initial delivery in which HP has incorporated one or more changes or additions, other
than Corrections, together with new or revised documentation which properly describes the upgraded HP Software Product and which is identified by a change in the release designation to the left of the decimal place (i.e. X.XX to Y.XX). Major
Releases typically provide significant improved reliability and functionality, add new function(s), and/or improve performance via changes in system design and coding. 

  

	108.	“Message” or “Messaging” means data structured in accordance with the Adopted Format and transmitted electronically between the Parties.

  

 

 
 Page 6 of 11 

	109.	“MFP VIP Business Development Partners” means the Business Development Partners that participate in the MFP VIP Program, hold a MFP VIP Addendum and are eligible to
purchase HP MFP Products pursuant to the terms and conditions of the MFP VIP Program. 

  

	110.	“MFP VIP Program” means the Multi-Function Printer Value Incentive Partner Program whereby Business Development Partners purchase MFP Products for resale to
Customers. 

  

	111.	“Minor Change” means a discontinuance of the Base Product for which the differences between the discontinued Base Product and the corresponding replacement Base
Product are solely incremental changes, (e. g. changes to clock speed or minor component changes) that do not affect form, fit, reliability or function. 

  

	112.	“Minor Release” means a release of an HP Software Product subsequent to the initial delivery in which HP has incorporated one or more changes or additions, other
than Corrections, together with new or revised Documentation which properly describes the upgraded HP Software Product and which is identified by a change in the release designation to the right of the decimal place (i.e. X.X to X.Y). Minor Releases
typically provide improved reliability and functionality and/or may improve performance by changes in system design and coding. 

  

	113.	“MFP Products” or “Multi-Function Printer Products” means the HP Imaging and Printing Multi-Function Printer Products that are available to Business
Development Partner for purchase from HP solely for the purpose of fulfilling MFP VIP Business Development Partner’s orders. 

  

	114.	“Net Price” or “Net Reseller Price” means the HP List Price in effect at the time an order from Business Development Partner is received by HP, less any
applicable discounts for Products, Services or Support purchased under the Agreement. 

  

	115.	“Net Selling Price” means the final invoiced and collected selling price of a Product or Service which is equal to List Price less any applicable deductions for
freight, taxes, discounts, returns, trade adjustments and the like from such sale. It is the basis for determining Commissions to be paid to the Business Development Partner. 

  

	116.	“Non-Affiliate” means any company or other organizational entity with which HP has no current contractual relationship or bilateral support agreement. This includes
third-party maintenance organizations, software developers that have no programs running on HP platforms, support providers not authorized by HP, or channel partners of other system vendors with no current contractual relationship with HP.

  

	117.	“OEM Product” means a standard Product or Custom Product to which Business Development Partner has added an OEM Value-Add Solution. 

  

	118.	“OEM Value-Add Solution” means an OEM Customer’s unique proprietary or acquired Product and solutions such as application software custom programming,
specialized installation services, or training as described in the “Solution Information” section of the associated application form. 

  

	119.	“Operations Policies” or “Operating Policies” means the document published on PWeb that sets forth the specific relationship and obligations pertaining to
Products between HP and Business Development Partner under the Agreement. 

  

	120.	“Open Products,” “Open Distribution” or “O” means specific Products set forth on the Partnership Website that Business
Development Partners may purchase and resell without obtaining certification and/or authorization from HP. 

  

	121.	“Ordering Period” means the initial twelve (12) month term or any twelve (12) month renewal term of the Authorized Service Management Partner Addendum.

  

	122.	“Outlet Identification Number” or “OID” means a unique ten (10)-digit number generated by HP and assigned to Business Development Partner, upon
HP’s approval of Business Development Partner’s application, for Business Development Partner’s access to the Partnership Website 

  

	123.	“Packaged Services” means those Services labeled as such in the SPA Program Guide. 

  

	124.	“Partner” See “Business Development Partner(s).” 

  

	125.	“Partnership Website” or “PWeb” means the HP website located at the following URL: http://partner.americas.hp.com, which contains, among other
information, information pertaining to the purchase and resale of Products by Business Development Partner and Business Development Partner’s status with HP program(s). 

  

	126.	“Parts” means system components sold by HP for Business Development Partner’s use for replacement purposes in maintaining and repairing Custom Product
previously purchased under the Custom Products Addendum. 

  

 

 
 Page 7 of 11 

	127.	“Party” or “Parties” means HP and the Business Development Partner signatory to the Agreement. 

  
  

	128.	“Price” or “HP Price” means the price offered by HP to Business Development Partners for HP Products. 

  

	129.	“Price List” means Product pricing as provided on the Partnership Website. 

  

	130.	“Prime Contractor” means the party who is responsible for providing a Systems Integration solution to the Customer for a Project. 

  

	131.	“ProCurve Networking Products” or “ProCurve Products” means those certain high-end networking Products that bear the ProCurve name.

  

	132.	“Product(s)” means the HP-branded U.S. version of Hardware, Software, Services, documentation, accessories, supplies, parts and upgrades that HP authorizes Business
Development Partner to purchase or license under the Agreement, and that are determined by HP to be available from HP upon receipt of Business Development Partner’s order. 

  

	133.	“Product Change Notice” means a form utilized by HP to notify Business Development Partner of changes made by HP to a Custom Product. 

  

	134.	“Product Knowledge Base” means, with respect to HP’s software and configuration tools, the file contained in the SalesBuilder Tool that contains the
configuration and Product rules. 

  

	135.	“Project” or “Systems Integration Project” means any formal request for a Systems Integration that meets the requirements of Section 7 of the
Systems Integration Addendum. 

  

	136.	“Project Agreement” or “Systems Integrator Project Agreement” means the specific terms and conditions, obligations and responsibilities under which
HP and System Integrator will pursue any Project. 

  

	137.	“Project Manager” means the employee of either HP or Business Development Partner with the authority to commit resources and funding towards the completion of a
project based on a written Statement of Work. 

  

	138.	“Proposal” means the proposal submitted by the Prime Contractor in response to a request for information/proposal or invitation to bid issued by Customer with
respect to the Project. 

  

	139.	“PSG” means the Personal Systems Group within Hewlett-Packard. 

  

	140.	“Public Sector Customer” means U.S. federal, state, or local government entities; public or private K-12 and higher education institutions; certified IRC 501C3
non-profit agencies; university hospitals; and city, state, or county hospitals that obtain Products for their own internal use and not for resale. 

  

	141.	“Public Sector Federal Referral Partner Rules of Engagement” or “HP Public Sector Federal — Referral Partner Rules of Engagement” means the
policy manual for conducting business with Federal Agencies, as posted on the Partnership Website. 

  

	142.	“Qualified Software Products” means the specific Software Products that a Business Development Partner may purchase and resell or refer, if the Business Development
Partner has (1) an Agreement with HP; and (2) met specific HP-mandated qualifications as set forth in Addendum for software products Addendum. 

  

	143.	“Quotation” means the applicable price, quantity and other authorized HP terms in effect when HP accepts the order. 

  

	144.	“Record(s)” means Business Development Partner’s books, records and original documentation, related to the acquisition, sale, maintenance and disposition of
all Products, Software and Support including, but not limited to those existing in electronic form, of Business Development Partner and/or Customer purchases. Records shall include, at a minimum, Product number(s), description, quantities shipped or
purchased, serial numbers, Customers’ and/or supplier’s name and Outlet Identification Number, address, phone number, date of sale or purchase, cost of purchase or sale price, and delivery address. Records shall also include distinct lists
of all Products purchased directly from HP, or Distributors. 

  

	145.	“Referral Information” means Customer information obtained by HP through direct contact with Customers referred to HP by the Referral Participant.

  

	146.	“Referral Participant” means a Business Development Partner that receives Commissions for influencing sales to Customers of Products that Customer purchases
directly from HP. 

  

	147.	 “Referral Tools” means the program requirements for this selling motion as defined in the partnerONE Operations Guide on 

  

 

 
 Page 8 of 11 

	 	 
Partnership Website. 

  

	148.	“Refurbished Product(s)” or “Remanufactured Product(s)” means Product that has been used, refurbished and is sold as used Product.

  

	149.	“Relationship Manager” means an employee of a Business Development Partner who is authorized to make decisions on behalf of the Business Development Partner with
respect to the business relationship with HP governed by the SPA Program Guide. 

  

	150.	“Reseller Special Pricing Agreement” or “RSPA” means a special pricing agreement between Business Development Partner and HP that provides additional
discounts to the Business Development Partner so it can meet a competing offering’s price. 

  

	151.	“Retain Title” means Products (1) purchased by the xSP Business Development Partner for use within its DataCenter and Co-location Customer sites for the purpose of
providing an xSP offering and (2) to which xSP Business Development Partner retains legal title. 

  

	152.	“SalesBuilder Tool” means a configuration/quote tool that automates the configuration and pricing of Products. 

  

	153.	“Sales In” means product sold by HP to the partner and all HP product purchased by the partner from other non HP sources. 

  

	154.	“Sales Out” means the combination of daily, weekly or monthly Sells-Through transactions and/or Sells-To transactions provided by HP to the Business Development
Partner through EDI or InfoNow Web POS. 

  

	155.	“SAN” means Storage Area Network. 

  

	156.	“Sanlink” means Storage Area Network storage Products 

  

	157.	“Sells-Through” means a transaction between a Distributor and a Business Development Partner that is reported to HP by the Distributor through EDI or InfoNow Web
POS. 

  

	158.	“Sells-To” means a transaction between a Business Development Partner and a Customer that is reported to HP by the Business Development Partner through EDI or
InfoNow Web POS. 

  

	159.	“Service(s)” means HP-branded services for supported Products related to either ongoing activities or one-time project engagements to be provided by HP to Business
Development Partner through the Agreement. 

  

	160.	“Service Agreements” means any and all executed agreements between Business Development Partner and HP that set forth any terms and conditions.

  

	161.	“Service Definition Document” means a document that provides the step-by-step procedures for technical and non-technical aspects of the Services to be provided to
the Customer. 

  

	162.	“Service Delivery Document” means a document that sets forth the delivery process and outlines the primary activities involved in delivering the services.

  

	163.	“Service Note(s)” means a periodic or event-driven technical communication from the HP which details updated information, known problems and workarounds associated
with a particular supported hardware or software product. 

  

	164.	“Ship To” means the physical location(s) to which HP shall deliver Products. 

  

	165.	“Software” means one or more programs capable of operating on a Device or Hardware. Software may be a separate Product, Bundled Software or Firmware.

  

	166.	“SPA Program Guide” or “Services Partner Architecture Programs Guide” means the document which includes the Service Relationship Guides, together with any
updates thereto, available on the password-protected HP Partnership Website, or from an HP services sales representative. 

  

	167.	“Statement(s) of Work” or “SOW” means the document(s) that set forth the Services to be performed and the Deliverables to be provided by the Business
Development Partner to the End User Customer. 

  

	168.	 “Storage Services” or “HP Storage Services” shall mean technical consulting and implementation services associated with HP storage
systems, networks and products that are short duration projects with fixed scope and deliverables (using a pre- 

  

 

 
 Page 9 of 11 

	 	 
written Statement of Work) packaged with a unique services product number and pre-defined list price. As such, they are considered a subset of HP Technical
Services. 

  

	169.	“Support” means Hardware and Device maintenance and repair; Software updates and maintenance; training; and other standard Support services provided by HP.

  

	170.	“Support Services Delivery Service” means a preferred solution for ASDPs who deliver support for Eligible HP Support Services Products.

  

	171.	“SW Depot Product Catalog” means the online catalog of software products available for trial, download, and purchase from the SW Depot Site.

  

	172.	“SW Depot Products” means the Software Products offered via the SW Depot Site. 

  

	173.	“SW Depot Referral Information” means all information from SW Depot Referrals, including information that is navigational, transactional, or address-related.

  

	174.	“SW Depot Site” or “Software Depot Site” means the website created by HP to provide the Business Development Partner with access to the SW
Depot Products. The website address is www.software.hp.com. 

  

	175.	“SW Depot Team” means the group of HP personnel that ensure that Customer downloads match payment to HP and receivables collected through the Business Development
Partner’s site. 

  

	176.	“System(s)” or “HP System(s)” means a set of Products, including accessories, interfaces, peripherals and terminals that are included in HP’s
configuration guide and ordered for coordinated delivery. 

  

	177.	“Systems Integration” means the ability of a Business Development Partner to prepare solutions consisting of a combination of mutli-vendor systems of hardware,
software, and services and provide said solution as a Systems Integrator to a Customer for sale. 

  

	178.	“Systems Integrator” means define a Business Development Partner that has the ability to integrate multi-vendor systems of hardware, software, and project
management services to be supplied, typically for a fixed duration, to provide a custom solution to Customers that meets requirements set for on the Partnership Web site. 

  

	179.	“System Support” or “HP System Support” means HP’s offerings for Hardware, Software, network, SAN, and mission critical support. HP
System Support is available on a contractual basis either for a fixed period or on an open-ended (“evergreen”) basis. These System Support Services are not part of HP upfront Services offerings. HP System Support is also referred to as
contractual support. 

  

	180.	“Technical Data Sheet” means a document that states the specification and all relevant technical parameters associated with a particular HP branded services
offering 

  

	181.	“Technical Services” or “HP Technical Services” shall mean technical consulting and implementation services that are short duration projects with
fixed scope and deliverables (using a pre-written Statement of Work) packaged with a unique services product number and pre-defined list price. 

  

	182.	“Terms and Conditions of Sale and Service” or “HP Terms and Conditions of Sale and Service” means the terms and conditions pursuant to which HP
provides services to Customer and as specified on Exhibit E16. 

  

	183.	“Third Party Product(s)” means any and all documentation, accessories, supplies, and upgrades that are not branded by HP. 

  

	184.	“Third Party Software Product” means the software programs and associated documentation that HP has obtained from a third party licensor. 

 

	185.	“Transaction(s)” means the purchase and resale or sublicense sale of Products or Services, or the provision of Services or Support. 

  

	186.	“United States” or “U.S.” means the fifty (50) states and the District of Columbia. 

  

	187.	“Update” means a Correction, Minor Change, or Major Change to an HP Software Products, and/or a Minor Release or Major Release to a Base or Custom Products.

  

	188.	“US Government Federal Agency” means any agency that is funded through U.S. Federal tax money. 

  

 

 
 Page 10 of 11 

	189.	“Warranty Service” means Hardware repair service performed on Eligible HP Products that are covered by standard Eligible HP Product warranty.

  

	190.	“XP Storage Products” means certain high-end storage product included in the HP Enterprise Storage Product line and identified as “XP”.

  

	191.	“xSP End Users” means any person, entity or business that has entered into an agreement pursuant to which xSP Service Provider is required to perform any of the
services or functions related to Product and xSP Offerings to all xSP End Users who are also Co-location Customers. 

  

	192.	“xSP Offering” means those services that are saleable, fee-based, and managed or hosted by xSP Business Development Partner, have security features and are
delivered over a network. xSP Offering is developed or acquired by the xSP Business Development Partner and is made available to an XSP End User or Co-location Customer. xSP Business Development Partner retains title to the Product used by the xSP
End User in connection with the xSP Offering. 

  

	193.	“xSP Service Provider” means a Business Development Partner that (1) provides a fee-based or contractual service specialty that is complementary to Products and (2)
is responsible for delivery of xSP Offering to xSP End Users within a DataCenter or a Co-location Customer. 

  
 END OF HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – DEFINITIONS ADDENDUM 
  

 

 
 Page 11 of 11 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT - 
 RECORD - KEEPING AUDIT AND REPORTING ADDENDUM 
  
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

	 1.
	  	 DEFINITIONS
	  	2
	 2.
	  	 APPOINTMENT
	  	2
	 3.
	  	 EDI REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
	  	2
	 4.
	  	 TERM AND TERMINATION
	  	3

  

 

 
 Page 1 of 3 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT - 
 RECORD-KEEPING AUDIT AND REPORTING ADDENDUM 
  

	1.	DEFINITIONS 

  
 All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement
Definitions Addendum. 
  

	2.	APPOINTMENT 

  

	 	A.	This HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement - HP Record-Keeping Audit and Reporting Addendum (“Record-Keeping Audit and Reporting Addendum”) adds terms and
conditions to the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement (“Agreement”) controlling Business Development Partner’s purchase and resale of Product and Services. Any and all purchases and resale of Product and Services shall be
conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Record-Keeping Audit and Reporting Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement. In the event of conflict between terms and conditions in this Record-Keeping Audit and Reporting
Addendum and terms and conditions in the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Record-Keeping Audit and Reporting Addendum shall take precedence. 

  

	 	B.	This Record-Keeping Audit and Reporting Addendum governs record-keeping and audit responsibilities of Business Development Partner, sales and inventory reporting requirements and
the batch and on-line electronic interchange of data between Business Development Partner and HP and will apply to all Messages transmitted in accordance with the provisions of the EDI/RSO Reporting Handbook provided when Sales Out data reporting is
implemented. 

  

	3.	EDI/RSO REPORTING HANDBOOK AND CSRA REPORTING REQUIREMENTS 

  

	 	A.	SECURITY OF DATA 

  

	 	1.	The parties will follow procedures for security, storage, access, and encryption of Messages as set out in the then current terms and conditions governing such business operations
between the parties. 

  

	 	2.	Business Development Partner data will be treated as Business Development Partner confidential. HP may use the EDI data only for the purposes set forth in this document.

  

	 	3.	Access to the Business Development Partner data by HP personnel will be managed in accordance with the confidentiality clause in the Agreement, and any confidentiality agreement in
place between Business Development Partner and HP. 

  

	 	4.	HP will not disclose Business Development Partner data to any third party without requiring the third party to sign an appropriate Confidential Disclosure Agreement. If HP releases
data to vendors for program management on HP’s behalf, HP will require its vendors to adhere to HP’s confidentiality policies, which are no less strict than the confidentiality terms and conditions between Business Development Partner and
HP. 

  

	 	5.	Business Development Partner data will be housed in a HP data repository that is protected from unauthorized access. 

  

	 	6.	Business Development Partner customer names, addresses and related data, such as Invoice Numbers, Big Deal, Discount Now or Education Rebate numbers, HP product numbers, quantity
sold and serial numbers, are the property of Business Development Partner and cannot be shared or given to anyone without written consent of Business Development Partner. HP acknowledges that Business Development Partner shares this information with
HP subject to the terms and conditions of Business Development Partner’s privacy policy and only for purposes of allowing HP to fulfill its commitments to Business Development Partner and the customer. 

  

	 	B.	AUTHENTICITY OF MESSAGES 

  

	 	1.	All Messages must identify the sender and recipient(s) and must include a means of verifying the authenticity of the Message either through a technique used in the Message itself or
by some other means provided for in the Adopted Format. 

  

	 	2.	Upon written agreement, the parties also may use higher levels of authentication to verify the Message. 

  

	 	C.	INTEGRITY OF MESSAGES 

  

	 	1.	Each party accepts the integrity of all Messages and agrees to accord these the same status as would be applicable to a document or to information sent other than by electronic
means. If the recipient believes a Message is corrupted as a result of technical failure on the part of machine, system or transmission line, or lacks the information required by the EDI/RSO Reporting Handbook or CSRA Online Procedures for
transmitting Messages, the recipient will endeavor to promptly notify sender of the error; sender will correct the error as set out in the EDI/RSO Reporting Handbook or CSRA procedures. 

  

	 	2.	If the recipient receives a Message addressed to it in error, then recipient shall notify the sender and delete the information contained in such Message from its system. Record of
receipt of the message need not be deleted from the system. 

  

	 	D.	CONFIRMATION OF RECEIPT OF MESSAGES 

  
 Except where receipt of a Message is automatically confirmed, the sender of a Message may request the recipient to confirm receipt of that Message subject
to the provisions of the EDI/RSO Reporting Handbook or CSRA Procedures. Upon such request, recipient must send confirmation without unreasonable delay. 
  

	 	E.	STORAGE OF DATA 

  

	 	1.	Each party’s Data Log will be maintained without any modification. Subject to any legal requirements of the party maintaining such Data Log or any requirements contained in the
EDI/RSO Reporting Handbook, the parties may agree on a period during which the Data Log must be stored unchanged. In the absence of such agreement, a party will have the right to maintain its Data Log for such period, as it thinks fit.

  

	 	2.	The Data Log may be maintained on computer media or other suitable means provided that the data can be readily retrieved and presented in readable form. 

  

 

 
 Page 2 of 3 

	F.	INTERMEDIARIES 

  

	 	1.	If a party to this Agreement contracts the services of an intermediary in order to transmit, log or process Messages, then that party will be responsible for any acts, failures or
omissions by that intermediary which is acting as an agent of that party. 

  

	 	2.	If a party to this Agreement instructs the other party to use the services of an intermediary for transmitting, logging or processing a Message, then that party giving such
instructions will be responsible to the other party for such intermediary’s acts and omissions. 

  

	 	3.	Any party giving such instructions to use an intermediary will ensure that it is a contractual responsibility of the intermediary that no change in the substantive data content of
the Messages to be re-transmitted is made and that such Messages are not disclosed to any unauthorized person. 

  

	G.	DELAY IN PERFORMANCE 

  
 A party will not be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement and will not be liable for performance delays or for non-performance due to causes beyond its
reasonable control 
  

	H.	GENERAL 

  
 All notices and demands under the terms of this Agreement will be in writing, delivered, sent electronically, or Faxed to HP or to Business Development Partner at the addresses indicated below and will become
effective five (5) days after sending. 
  

	HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY	 	BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER
		
	 Partner Information Management
	 	 
		
	 ATTN: Partner Information Management Team
	 	 Contact:

		
	 The Hewlett Packard Company
	 	 Address:

		
	 P.O. Box 692000
	 	 
		
	 MS CCM0302052
	 	 
		
	 Houston, Texas 77269-2000
	 	 
		
	 Fax: (281)927-9322
	 	 Fax:

  

	4.	TERM AND TERMINATION  

  

	 	A.	Business Development Partner’s appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to Business Development Partner.
Business Development Partner’s appointment shall terminate, unless otherwise terminated as set forth herein, one (1) year from the Effective Date. At HP’s discretion, Business Development Partner’s appointment may be renewed upon
expiration of this Record-Keeping Audit and Reporting Addendum. 

  

	 	B.	Either Party may terminate this Record-Keeping Audit and Reporting Addendum without cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party or with cause upon fifteen
(15) days prior written notice to the other Party. Termination of this Record-Keeping Audit and Reporting Addendum may affect the Agreement or other distribution or resale agreement or addenda between HP and Business Development Partner.

  

	 	C.	Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of the Agreement or this Record-Keeping Audit and Reporting Addendum for any reason, Business Development Partner shall immediately
return to HP at Business Development Partner’s expense all free-of-charge materials provided to Business Development Partner by HP for the sale and support of Products. 

  
 END OF HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – RECORD-KEEPING AUDIT AND REPORTING ADDENDUM 
  

 

 
 Page 3 of 3 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – 
 CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER 
 220-VOLT
LASERJET PRICE PROTECTION PROGRAM ADDENDUM 
  
 TABLE OF
CONTENTS 
  

	 1.
	  	DEFINITIONS	  	2
	 2.
	  	STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT	  	2
	 3.
	  	PRICE PROTECTION PROGRAM	  	2
	 4.
	  	OPERATING POLICIES	  	2
	 5.
	  	PRICE PROTECTION	  	2
	 6.
	  	CSP CUSTOMER AND END USER CUSTOMER RESTRICTIONS	  	2
	 7.
	  	REPORTING REQUIREMENTS	  	3
	 8.
	  	TERM AND TERMINATION	  	3

  

 Confidential 
 Page 1 of 3 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – 
 CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER 
 220-VOLT
LASERJET PRICE PROTECTION PROGRAM ADDENDUM 
  

	1.	DEFINITIONS 

  
 The following definitions shall apply only to the 220-Volt Laser Jet Price Protections Program Addendum. All other capitalized terms used but not defined
herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement Definitions Addendum. 
  

	 	A.	“Inventory Cap”, as determined by HP in its sole discretion, shall be the lesser of the number of all price protected 220-Volt LaserJet Products by SKU (1) in CSP’s
inventory; or (2) all shipments of price protected 220-Volt LaserJet Products made by HP to CSP ninety (90) days prior to the effective date of the price reduction. 

  

	 	B.	“Inventory” means HP 220-Volt LaserJet Products purchased from HP under the 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Program pursuant to the Agreement including both HP 220-Volt
LaserJet Products on-hand and HP 220-Volt LaserJet Products in-transit from HP to CSP. 

  

	 	C.	“Federal Government Education Institution” means any educational institution that is funded by U.S. federal tax money. 

  

	2.	STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT 

  

	 	A.	HP appoints Business Development Partner as an authorized, non-exclusive Channel Service Provider (“CSP”) to purchase for resale HP 220-Volt LaserJet Products under the
220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Program. The specific HP 220-Volt LaserJet Products and their quantities available for purchase and resale under the 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Program shall be set forth at
http://partner.americas.hp.com incorporated herein by reference. 

  

	 	B.	This 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Program Addendum (“220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum”) adds terms and conditions to the Business Development Partner
Agreement and the Channel Service Provider Addendum (the “Agreement”) controlling CSPs purchasing HP 220-Volt LaserJet Products directly from HP and reselling to CSP Customers that resell HP 220-Volt Laser Jet Products to the U.S.
Government Federal Agencies and Federal Government Education Institutions. The purchases and resales of 220-Volt LaserJet Products covered under the 220-Volt Laser Jet Price Protection Program shall be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions
of this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum and the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the terms and
conditions of this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum shall prevail. 

  

	 	C.	CSP accepts this appointment pursuant to the terms and conditions of this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement.

  

	3.	PRICE PROTECTION PROGRAM 

  
 The 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Program covers only a specified number of SKUs and units per year; the specific product numbers and quantities can
be found at http://partner.americas.hp.com and are incorporated herein by reference. 
  

	4.	OPERATING POLICIES 

  
 Stock Adjustment, Defective Unit and Returns: 
  

	 	A.	CSP may return unsold, unopened inventory of the Products specified on http://partner.americas.hp.com, up to the maximum number of units purchased as part of the 220-Volt
Laser Jet Price Protection Program. 

  

	 	B.	Returns will be accepted up to ninety (90) days after the date of receipt by CSP. 

  

	 	C.	To initiate the return process, CSP shall request an exception return through its channel team representative. If requested by HP, CSP must provide documentation proving the date
CSP received the 220-Volt LaserJet Products it wishes to return to HP. 

  

	 	D.	HP shall accept DOA or Defective Unit returns of 220-Volt LaserJet Products purchased under the 220-Volt Laser Jet Price Protection Program up to a 2% return cap and for up to
thirty (30) days after shipment from CSP to the CSP Customer. To initiate the return process, the CSP shall request an exception return through its channel team representative. DOA and Defective Units returned after the thirty (30) day period will
be handled as customer satisfaction issues on a case-by-case basis. 

  

	5.	PRICE PROTECTION 

  

	 	A.	HP reserves the right to change its List Prices with not more than five (5) days written, electronic or other notice to CSP. If HP reduces the price of any HP 220-Volt LaserJet
Products specified on http://partner.americas.hp.com, as determined by SKU, CSP shall be eligible to receive a price protection credit equal to the difference between the Net Price paid by CSP and the reduced price. HP shall price
protect all eligible shipments of 220-Volt LaserJet Products as defined on http://partner.americas.hp.com made by HP to CSP, less any HP of 220-Volt LaserJet Products returned by CSP to HP, as calculated on an Inventory Cap basis.

  

	 	B.	HP shall invoice CSP based on the new reduced price for such HP 220-Volt LaserJet Products shipped on or after the effective date of the reduction. 

  

	 	C.	Any disputes regarding the amount credited shall be communicated to HP within thirty (30) days of the issuance of the credit. CSP shall not deduct from any outstanding invoice from
HP any amount for any reason whatsoever. 

  

	6.	CSP CUSTOMER AND END USER CUSTOMER RESTRICTIONS 

  

	 	A.	CSP will resell the 220-Volt LaserJet Products covered by the 220-Volt Laser Jet Price Protection Program only to CSP Customers that resell the 220-Volt Laser Jet Products to the
following End Users: 

  

	 	1.	U.S. Government Federal Agencies 

  

	 	2.	Federal Government Education Institutions 

  

 Confidential 
 Page 2 of 3 

	 	B.	CSP’s selling of HP 220-Volt LaserJet Products to any CSP Customer not reselling HP 220-Volt Laser Jet Products as set forth in Subsection 6 (A) above will result in an
automatic cancellation of this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum and may result in termination of the Agreement. 

  

	7.	REPORTING REQUIREMENTS 

  

	 	A.	CSP shall provide a monthly report that shall include the information on the 220-Volt LaserJet Products sold and returned as shown on the 220-Volt LaserJet reporting template set
forth on http://partner.americas.hp.com and incorporated hereby by reference. 

  

	 	B.	HP reserves the right to obtain from CSP copies of its CSP Customer’s purchase orders related to the sale of 220-Volt LaserJet Products covered under the 220-Volt LaserJet
Price Protection Program. If requested by HP, CSP shall provide the documentation to its HP channel sales representative within five (5) business days. 

  

	8.	TERM AND TERMINATION 

  

	 	A.	CSP’s appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to CSP. CSP’s appointment shall terminate, unless
otherwise terminated as set forth herein, one (1) year from the Effective Date. At HP’s discretion, CSP’s participation may be renewed upon expiration of this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum. 

  

	 	B.	Either Party may terminate this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum (1) without cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party; or (2) with cause upon
fifteen (15) days prior written notice to the other Party. Termination of this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum may affect the Agreement or other distribution or resale agreement or addenda between HP and CSP. 

  

	 	C.	Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement or this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum for any reason, CSP shall immediately cease representing itself as a seller of HP
220-Volt LaserJet Products and shall immediately cease any activity permitted by this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum. 

  

	 	D.	Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and
immediately terminate. CSP shall immediately return to HP at CSP’s expense all free-of-charge materials provided to CSP by HP for the sale and support of HP 220-Volt LaserJet Products. 

  

	 	E.	HP may require CSP return, against outstanding balance or for re-purchase, any HP 220-Volt LaserJet Products purchased under this 220-Volt LaserJet Price Protection Addendum.

  
 END U.S. COMMERCIAL BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER
220-VOLT LASERJET PROGRAM ADDENDUM 
  

 Confidential 
 Page 3 of 3 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – 
 CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER ADDENDUM 
  
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

	 1.
	  	 DEFINITIONS
	  	2
	 2.
	  	 FURTHER APPOINTMENT
	  	2
	 3.
	  	 SOURCING AND SELLING
	  	2
	 4.
	  	 REQUIREMENTS
	  	2
	 5.
	  	 PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT
	  	3
	 6.
	  	 CSP’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS
	  	3
	 7.
	  	 TURN AROUND TIME
	  	3
	 8.
	  	 INSURANCE
	  	5
	 9.
	  	 TERM AND TERMINATION
	  	6

  

 H 
 Page 1 of 6 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – 
 CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER ADDENDUM 
  

	1.	DEFINITIONS 

  

	 	A.	“Channel Service Provider(s)” or “CSP(s)” means those Business Development Partners who have a current U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement and a current
Channel Service Provider Addendum with HP. 

  

	 	B.	“CSP Customer(s)” or “Customer(s)” means an HP authorized Business Development Partner who may purchase Products from Channel Service Provider for resale
purposes to its End Users, provided that such HP authorized Business Development Partner has: (1) an Agreement with HP; and (2) met specific HP-mandated qualifications as set forth in the associated Addenda. 

  

	 	C.	“Other Reseller(s)” means reseller(s) who purchase Products from a Channel Service Provider and resell to its End Users but have not entered into a contract with HP. Other
Resellers may not resell Controlled Products. 

  

	 	D.	All other capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement Definitions Addendum.

  

	2.	FURTHERAPPOINTMENT 

  

	 	A.	HP appoints Business Development Partner as an authorized, non-exclusive Channel Service Provider (“CSP”) to purchase HP Products listed on Partnership Website located at
http://partner.americas.hp.com for resale or lease. 

  

	 	B.	This HP U. S. Business Development Partner Agreement – Channel Service Provider Addendum (“CSP Addendum”) adds terms and conditions to the HP U.S. Business
Development Partner Agreement (“Agreement”)controlling Business Development Partner’s purchase and resale of Products. Any and all purchases and resales of HP Products shall be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this
CSP Addendum and the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this CSP Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this CSP Addendum shall prevail. Without prejudice to the
generality of the foregoing, the term “Customer” in the Agreement shall, for the purposes of the appointment under this CSP Addendum, be read in accordance with Section 1(B) of this Addendum, and not as set out in the Definitions Addendum.

  

	 	C.	CSP accepts appointment pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this CSP Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement. 

  

	3.	SOURCING AND SELLING 

  

	 	A.	CSP may purchase Products for resale purposes only from HP. 

  

	 	B.	CSPs may resell HP Controlled and Open Products. 

  

	 	C.	CSP may distribute Products for resale purposes to CSP Customers, and Other Resellers. 

  

	 	D.	Qualified Products may be shipped only to CSP Customers and other Business Development Partners authorized and qualified by HP to resell such Products. 

  

	 	E.	CSP’s resale or shipment of Products to any non-authorized or non-qualified Business Development Partner or to a Business Development Partner who sells Products in violation of
any HP eligibility criteria, qualifications, added value requirement or any other HP limitation or restriction constitutes a material breach of the Agreement justifying termination of this CSP Addendum or the Agreement for cause.

  

	4.	REQUIREMENTS 

  

	 	A.	Within ten (10) days of discovery, CSP shall report to HP violations of the Agreement by CSP Customers to whom CSP has sold Products. 

  

	 	B.	HP may withdraw its permission for Product sales to a particular Business Development Partner, with or without cause, at any time, in its sole discretion, by notifying CSP in
writing. Upon receipt of such notice, CSP shall immediately discontinue resale of Products to that Business Development Partner identified by HP. 

  

	 	C.	CSP shall market, promote and resell Products only under the company name(s) set forth on the Approved Location List. 

  

	 	D.	No sale, advertising, promotion, display or disclosure of features, availability or pricing of new Products shall occur prior to HP placing the Products on HP’s price list at
http://partner.americas.hp.com. 

  

	 	E.	CSP shall accurately fill orders for Products. 

  

	 	F.	CSP shall identify and keep current primary and secondary support contacts to receive marketing, sales, post-sales technical support information provided by HP.

  

	 	G.	CSP shall provide or arrange for on-going sales support and post-sales technical support to all CSP Customers for Products CSP may resell pursuant to this CSP Addendum. CSP shall
maintain for CSP Customers qualified personnel necessary to provide timely and knowledgeable support services. All such qualified personnel shall attend all training mandated by HP. 

  

	 	H.	CSP shall provide CSP Customers or Other Resellers with all ergonomics information supplied by HP, including but not limited to, HP Working in Comfort materials in both paper
and electronic forms, warning or advisory tags, labels, or other information pertaining to the use of Products using keyboards. 

  

 H 
 Page 2 of 6 

	 	I.	CSP shall provide CSP Customers or Other Resellers with access to HP designated service programs or other HP approved service plans and assist CSP Customers or Other Resellers in
obtaining warranty repair for Products. 

  

	 	J.	As soon as reasonably practicable, CSP shall report to HP in writing all suspected defects in Products. 

  

	 	K.	CSP shall ensure its employees complete training courses and certification programs designated by HP. In certain cases, successful completion of such training and/or certification
or other programs may be required before CSP is authorized to resell specific Products or participate in specific HP programs. 

  

	 	L.	Except as otherwise explicitly set forth in Section 7 below, CSP shall not deduct any amount from any invoice for any reason whatsoever. 

  

	 	M.	CSP authorizes HP to call upon its CSP Customers or Other Resellers for Product training and other objectives. 

  

	 	N.	Nothing in this CSP Addendum or the Agreement permits CSP to purchase for resale HP branded services sold by HP as a specific Product with a specific SKU. 

 

	5.	PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT 

  

	 	A.	CSP’s performance commitment is set forth at http://partner.americas.hp.com and/or in Addenda to the Agreement. 

  

	 	B.	CSP’s performance commitment for the Agreement or any Addendum thereunder shall be based on a total of twelve (12) months’ volume levels. The volume levels may be either
sales volume, sold in compliance with the Agreement, or ship-to volume, purchased in compliance with the Agreement, in HP’s sole discretion, and as set forth by HP in the Agreement. In the event the term of the Agreement or any Addenda
thereunder now or as modified in the future is less than twelve (12) months, an applicable twelve (12) month performance commitment shall be prorated. 

  

	 	C.	HP may review progress towards CSP’s performance commitment pertaining to either the Agreement or any Addenda thereunder at any time, in HP’s sole discretion. In the event
CSP’s projected performance commitment falls below the annual performance commitment, HP reserves the right to exercise any steps necessary to either improve CSP’s performance or terminate the Agreement and/or any Addendum thereunder for
cause. HP reserves the right to continue the Agreement between HP and CSP in the event CSP’s performance commitment falls below the annual expected performance commitment. 

  

	6.	CSP’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS 

  
 CSP is solely responsible for its acts, omissions, obligations, representations, or misrepresentations in providing its services to Customers. CSP agrees
to defend, indemnify and hold harmless HP against all claims, lawsuits, liabilities, losses, damages, costs and expenses (including attorney and expert witness fees) as a result of claims in any form by CSP’s Customers, arising out of or in
connection with CSP’s acts, omissions, obligations, representations, or misrepresentations in connection with CSP’s provision of its Services to Customers.  
  

	7.	TURN AROUND TIME 

  

	 	A.	APPROVAL PROCESS 

  

	 	1.	The purposes of the Approval Process, as described in this Section 7(A), are to ensure that the provisions of this Section 7 are balanced and take into consideration notification
prior to deducting, determination of responsible Parties, and accuracy of claims prior to deducting. The Approval Process shall be as set forth in this Section 7(A). 

  

	 	2.	Notification Prior to Deducting: CSP shall communicate with the designated HP contact(s) specifying the reason(s) and intent to deduct pursuant to the criteria set forth in
Section 7(B). 

  

	 	3.	Determination of Responsible Parties. 

  

	 	a.	If, during the notification process, the Parties determine that CSP is the cause of unacceptable credit turn around times (set forth in Section 7(B)), CSP shall not deduct.

  

	 	b.	If, during the notification process, the Parties determine that HP is the cause of unacceptable credit turn around times, CSP may proceed with the deduction process set forth in
Section 7(B) below. 

  

	 	c.	If, during the notification process, the Parties fail to determine which Party is the cause of the unacceptable credit turn around times, then the process shall be escalated to
senior management within five (5) days to make the determination. 

  

	 	4.	The Parties agree to work in due diligence within ten (10) business days or less to complete the approval process. Should HP deny approval or the Parties fail to reach agreement
regarding approval, HP agrees to provide written documentation to CSP supporting its position that the requested deduction is disallowed under this Section 7(A). 

  

	 	B.	RETURNS 

  

	 	1.	HP shall use commercially reasonable efforts to issue credit for returns to CSP within fifteen (15) business days from the date HP receives the returned Product from CSP. CSP shall
provide HP a debit memo listing relevant information about the Product being returned. 

  

	 	a.	Credit issued by HP shall include CSP’s debit memo number as a reference number. CSP also shall provide a credit memo(s) or other documentation listing relevant returns
(hereinafter “Intent to Debit”). 

  

	 	b.	Supporting documentation provided by HP shall be sent to CSP along with the credit memo which shall include a detailed listing of the Products received, the quantity of Products
received, and the then-current value of the Products received. A discrepancy report will be provided for differences in claims and credits issued. 

  

 H 
 Page 3 of 6 

	 	c.	Following completion of the Approval Process set forth in Section 7(A) above, CSP will continue to deduct after fifteen (15) days if no credit is received. 

 

	 	2.	HP and CSP will have thirty (30) days from the date of CSP’s deduction and/or HP’s credit/discrepancy report issued to submit a request for review, which shall include the
original information identified above and the HP credit memo for the return. The Party receiving the request will have thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of the review request to respond and provide remedy (“remedy” shall mean CSP
paying back to HP or HP issuing a credit to CSP). 

  

	 	3.	If a remedy is not reached to both Parties’ satisfaction after the above process has run its course, those items remaining in dispute will be escalated to the appropriate
representatives of both Parties. 

  

	 	C.	PRICING 

  

	 	1.	CSP will submit purchase orders (“PO”) to HP that detail CSP’s commitment to purchase Product as follows. 

  

	 	a.	The PO will outline the Product number, the quantity to be purchased and the price at which the Product will be paid. 

  

	 	b.	The price on the PO shall be the price at which CSP agrees to make payment to HP per established payment terms and conditions. 

  

	 	2.	HP agrees to review CSP’s PO once received to verify the information provided therein. HP agrees to review and verify the pricing of the Product prior to shipment of Product to
CSP to ensure the accuracy of the data. 

  

	 	3.	Any discrepancies between the price indicated on CSP’s PO and the price at which HP is selling the Product to CSP are to be identified and communicated to CSP within
forty-eight (48) hours of PO receipt by HP. 

  

	 	4.	CSP agrees to either correct the PO pricing or cancel the PO, such that the Product sent to CSP by HP will be invoiced at the price indicated on the PO, or the order will not be
fulfilled by HP. 

  

	 	5.	CSP is entitled to the most current pricing of Product that reflects any and all pricing actions by HP. CSP’s PO will be refreshed with the latest pricing once a pricing action
from HP has occurred. 

  

	 	6.	By shipping Product against CSP’s PO, HP agrees to the pricing indicated on the PO and that HP’s invoice for the Product shipped to CSP will agree to the pricing on the
PO. If pricing between CSP’s PO and HP’s invoice is different, following the “Approval Process” set forth in Section 7(A) above, CSP will deduct from the payment to HP the discrepant amount and forward to HP the debit memo of
deduction. HP will have thirty (30) days from the date of the deduction to file a dispute notification with CSP. If a remedy is not reached to both Parties’ satisfaction after the above process has run its course, those items remaining in
dispute will be reviewed one last time during the quarterly reconciliation meetings at which time a final resolution will be reached. 

  

	 	D.	PRICE PROTECTION 

  

	 	1.	HP shall make commercially reasonable efforts to inform CSP of HP pricing actions at the earliest possible time in order for CSP to adjust its system on a timely basis. HP shall
provide CSP with the forms necessary for submitting reimbursement claims to HP. If notification is received by CSP prior to the pricing action, CSP will have thirty (30) days from the effect date of pricing action to submit any claims for
reimbursement to HP. Shipment reports are available on the HP website The aforementioned time period will be allowed to increase in the event of a delay in receipt of the HP shipment reports, or if both Parties mutually agree to an extension. HP
will issue credit and/or a discrepancy report and reconciliation within thirty (30) days from the date of receipt by HP of CSP’s completed price protection claim with supporting back up as required. If CSP does not receive credit and/or a
discrepancy report and reconciliation within twenty-five (25) days of the original claim date, CSP shall contact HP to request credit. If no credit or discrepancy report and reconciliation have been received by CSP within thirty (30) days after the
original claim date, CSP may deduct the amount of the pricing action according to CSP records per the “Approval Process”. HP will have thirty (30) days to respond to this deduction from the actual date of the deduction.

  

	 	2.	HP’s response to CSP’s initial claim will include a claim reconciliation report outlining discrepancies in the amount claimed by CSP as compared to the amount credited by
HP. HP’s credit memo will include the claim reference number and the pricing action to which the credit applies. The claim reconciliation will include the credit memo calculations that support the total amount of the credit memo. All
discrepancies between the original claim amount and the credit issued by HP will be made available to CSP on the Partnership Website located at http://partner.americas.hp.com in enough detail to provide CSP with an auditable reason for the
discrepancy. 

  

	 	3.	CSP will have thirty (30) calendar days from the date of receipt of HP’s credit and/or discrepancy report and reconciliation to submit a dispute notification reply to HP
regarding any claims which CSP does not agree with HP’s credit and/or discrepancy report and reconciliation. CSP’s reply will include documentation supporting CSP’s position. HP will provide a response and additional credit (if due)
within thirty (30) calendar days from the date of receipt of CSP’s dispute notice. 

  

	 	4.	If remedy is not reached to both Parties’ satisfaction after the above process has run it’s course, those items remaining in dispute will be escalated to the appropriate
representatives of both Parties. 

  

	 	E.	QUANTITY DISPUTES 

  

	 	1.	 Product that matches a valid open CSP PO and Product that is not damaged will be received into CSP’s warehouse. CSP will match the Product against the related
invoice(s) for Product part number and quantity. If Product or Product quantities are identified that were not ordered by CSP, CSP will immediately notify HP of the discrepancy. For Product received from HP that were not ordered by CSP, CSP will
determine if such discrepant Product currently in its possession is Product that CSP needs. If it is determined that CSP has a need for such discrepant Product, a 

  

 H 
 Page 4 of 6 

	 	 
new line will be added to CSP’s PO such that the warehouse can receive in the discrepant Product. The discrepant Product will then be received into
CSP’s warehouse and stocked. If it is determined that CSP does not need the discrepant Product, CSP will request a Return Material Authorization (“RMA”) from HP to return the discrepant Product to HP. Once HP has granted the RMA, CSP
will add a line to the PO and receive the discrepant Product into its warehouse. The discrepant Product will then be stocked and prepared to be returned to HP. 

  

	 	2.	If CSP receives incorrect quantities of Product from HP, CSP will notify HP of the discrepancy once the HP invoice has been received and matched against the receipt of goods. CSP
will create a debit memo reflecting the identified discrepancies and deduct when the associated invoice is paid. HP’s response will include documentation supporting HP’s position. CSP will provide a response and a credit, if due, within
thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of HP’s notice of dispute. 

  

	 	3.	If no response is received from HP within the thirty (30) day window, CSP will release the debit memo from hold and it will be deducted on the next payment to HP following the
Approval Process. 

  

	 	F.	Assigned Rebate Model (A.R.M) and EDUCATION REBATES 

  

	 	1.	HP will issue credit and/or a discrepancy report and reconciliation within thirty (30) days from semi-monthly upload of CSP’s completed claim. 

  

	 	2.	If CSP does not receive discrepancy report and/or credit report and reconciliation by day twenty-five (25), CSP will notify HP that a deduction for the claim amount will take place
on day thirty (30) if aforementioned report and credit is not received. 

  

	 	3.	CSP will have thirty (30) days from receipt of HP’s credit and/or discrepancy report and reconciliation to submit a dispute notification reply to HP regarding any claim amounts
where CSP does not agree with HP’s credit and/or discrepancy report and reconciliation. CSP will include information supporting CSP’s position. 

  

	 	4.	HP will provide a response and additional credit, if, due within thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of CSP’s dispute notification. If HP does not provide response and/or
additional credit (if due), CSP will notify HP on day twenty-five (25) that a deduction for the amount of the dispute will take place on day thirty (30) unless response and additional credit (if due) is not received. 

  

	 	5.	If remedy is not reached to both Parties’ satisfaction after the above process has run its course, those items remaining in dispute will be escalated to the appropriate
representatives of both Parties. 

  

	 	G.	INSTANT REBATES AND VOLUME REBATES 

  

	 	1.	HP shall make commercially reasonable efforts to provide credits for rebates to CSP as follows: 

  

	 	a.	Forty-five (45) days from the date of receipt at HP of CSP’s completed claim with supporting back up as required; or 

  

	 	b.	Forty-five (45) days following the end of the period covered by the rebate program for claimless rebates; or 

  

	 	c.	Forty-five (45) days from the date of receipt at HP of a discrepancy notice from CSP indicating the paid rebate did not equal what was expected. 

  

	 	d.	CSP will deduct per the Approval Process if no credit and/or denial report is received from HP within the forty-five (45) day window. CSP will notify HP on day forty (40) that a
deduction will take place on the forty-fifth (45th) day, unless the credit and/or discrepancy report is received.

  

	 	2.	If a remedy is not reached to both Parties’ satisfaction after the above process has run its course, those items remaining in dispute will be escalated to the appropriate
representatives of both Parties. 

  

	 	H.	CORRECTIONS 

  

	 	  	If either Party discovers an error in the amount sought, credited or debited, it shall immediately notify the other Party. The Party in error shall provide the other Party with all
pertinent information regarding the amount in error (e.g. the claim number). The Party in error shall correct the error within fifteen (15) days per the Approval Process. 

  

	8.	INSURANCE 

  
 HP shall obtain and maintain, at its expense, a policy or policies of: 
  

	 	A.	Commercial General Liability (including product and completed operations, personal and advertising injury and contractual liability coverage) with a minimum per occurrence limit of
$5,000,000; General Aggregate limit of $5,000,000; Products and Completed Operations Aggregate limit of $5,000,000 and Personal & Advertising Injury limit of $5,000,000, written on an occurrence form. 

  

	 	B.	Workers’ Compensation Insurance as required by applicable law. 

  

	 	C.	Employers’ Liability (Stop-Gap Liability) insurance with minimum limits of $1,000,000. 

  

	 	D.	The coverage territory applicable to the insurance policies required above must be worldwide with the exception of Workers’ Compensation insurance, which must be maintained in
those territories where such coverage is mandated, and Auto Liability. HP will provide Certificates of Insurance at all times naming CSP as “Additional Insured” with respect to General Liability and Auto Liability policies. HP shall
provide the Certificates of Insurance, evidencing the required coverage. 

  

	 	E.	With exception of wholly owned captives, HP’s insurers must be Best rated A-, VII or better. Policy limits may not be 

  

 H 
 Page 5 of 6 

	 	 
reduced, terms materially changed, or policies canceled by either Party except after endeavoring to provide thirty (30) days prior written notice to CSP.
HP’s insurance shall be primary with respect to all obligations assumed by HP pursuant to this Contract. Any insurance carried by CSP shall not contribute to insurance maintained by HP. Coverage and limits referred to above shall not in any way
limit the liability of HP. 

  

	9.	TERM AND TERMINATION 

  

	 	A.	CSP’s appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to CSP. CSP’s appointment shall terminate, unless
otherwise terminated as set forth herein, upon termination or expiration of the Agreement. At HP’s discretion, CSP’s participation may be renewed upon expiration of this CSP Addendum. 

  

	 	B.	Either Party may terminate this CSP Addendum (1) without cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party; or (2) with cause upon fifteen (15) days prior written
notice to the other Party. Termination of this CSP Addendum may affect the Agreement or other distribution or resale agreement or addenda between HP and CSP. 

  

	 	C.	Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement or this CSP Addendum for any reason, CSP shall immediately cease representing itself as a seller of HP Products and shall immediately
cease any activity permitted by this CSP Addendum. 

  

	 	D.	Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this CSP Addendum for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately terminate. CSP shall
immediately return to HP at CSP’s expense all free-of-charge materials provided to CSP by HP for the sale and support of HP Products. 

  

	 	E.	HP may require CSP return, against outstanding balance or for re-purchase, any HP Products purchased under this CSP Addendum. 

  
 END HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – CHANNEL SERVICE
PROVIDER ADDENDUM 
  

 H 
 Page 6 of 6 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – 
 CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER 
 REFURBISHED/EXCESS LASERJET PRODUCTS ADDENDUM 
  
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

	 1.
	  	DEFINITIONS	  	2
	 2.
	  	APPOINTMENT	  	2
	 3.
	  	PRICES	  	2
	 4.
	  	ORDER; SHIPMENTS; CANCELLATIONS AND CHANGES	  	2
	 5.
	  	WARRANTY	  	2
	 6.
	  	CSP RESPONSIBILITIES	  	2
	 7.
	  	HP RESPONSIBILITIES	  	3
	 8.
	  	OPERATING POLICIES	  	3
	 9.
	  	TERM AND TERMINATION	  	3

  

 H 
 Page 1 of 3 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – 
 CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER 
 REFURBISHED/EXCESS LASERJET PRODUCTS ADDENDUM 
  

	1.	DEFINITIONS 

  

	 	A.	“HP Refurbished LaserJet Products” means monochrome and color laser printers, and multi-function devices that have been previously sold and returned or otherwise used, and
have been refurbished by HP. HP Refurbished LaserJet Products come with all standard accessories, i.e., those normally included with the HP Refurbished LaserJet Products when it was new. 

  

	 	B.	“Refurbished LaserJet Product List” means an HP generated list of HP Refurbished LaserJet Product descriptions and quantities to be purchased by Refurbished LaserJet CSP
from HP. 

  

	 	C.	All other capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement Definitions Addendum and
the Channel Service Provider Addendum. 

  

	2.	APPOINTMENT 

  

	 	A.	HP appoints Business Development Partner as an authorized, non-exclusive commercial Channel Service Provider (“CSP”) to market, promote and resell used and excess HP
Refurbished and Excess LaserJet Products (“HP Refurbished LaserJet Products”). HP Refurbished LaserJet Products shall be set forth on a Refurbished LaserJet Product List transmitted by HP to CSP or at http://partner.americas.hp.com
incorporated herein by reference. HP Refurbished LaserJet Products are U.S. versions only. CSP’s appointment is subject to the terms and conditions of this Refurbished and Excess LaserJet Products Addendum (this “Addendum”) in
addition to the terms and conditions of the Agreement. 

  

	 	B.	This Addendum adds terms and conditions to the Agreement pertaining to CSP’s purchase and resale of HP Refurbished LaserJet Products. In the event of a conflict between terms
and conditions in this Addendum and terms and conditions in the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Addendum shall take precedence. 

  

	 	C.	CSP accepts appointment pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Addendum, the terms and conditions of the Agreement, and the terms and conditions of the Channel Service
Provider Addendum. 

  

	3.	PRICES 

  

	 	A.	HP Refurbished LaserJet Products shall be sold to CSP at a Net Price equal to the HP Refurbished LaserJet Products List Price, less a discount of fifty percent (50%). HP may, at its
sole discretion, offer CSP a discount greater than fifty percent (50%) on any purchases of HP Refurbished LaserJet Products. 

  

	 	B.	HP Refurbished LaserJet Products shall not be eligible for price protection. 

  

	 	C.	Unless notified otherwise by HP, HP Refurbished LaserJet Products shall not be eligible for promotional fund accruals, market development funds or any other promotional funds or
rebates. 

  

	4.	ORDERS; SHIPMENTS; CANCELLATIONS AND CHANGES 

  

	 	A.	CSP shall place an order with HP for all HP Refurbished LaserJet Products on the Refurbished LaserJet Product List. No cancellation of orders or partial orders of HP Refurbished
LaserJet Products shall be accepted from CSP without prior written approval from HP. 

  

	 	B.	Only the HP Refurbished LaserJet Products listed on Refurbished LaserJet Product List will be made available to the CSP. Any other written, verbal, or implied statements or
assurances regarding HP Refurbished LaserJet Products to be offered to CSP are not binding on HP. 

  

	 	C.	HP shall deliver HP Refurbished LaserJet Products to a maximum of four (4) Ship-to Locations. 

  

	5.	WARRANTY 

  
 HP Refurbished LaserJet Product warranty shall be limited to a twelve (12) month period commencing the date CSP receives HP Refurbished LaserJet Product
from HP. All other warranty terms contained in the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. 
  

	6.	CSP RESPONSIBILITIES 

  

	 	A.	CSP shall market, promote and resell HP Refurbished LaserJet Products in compliance with the Agreement and this Addendum. 

  

	 	B.	CSP shall market, promote and resell HP Refurbished LaserJet Products only through the company name(s) designated on CSP’s Agreement with HP, and only using face-to-face,
telephone, facsimile, catalog or Internet sales techniques to CSP Customers in the U.S. 

  

	 	C.	CSP shall place order with HP for all HP Refurbished LaserJet Products on Refurbished LaserJet Product List within two (2) business days following the date when CSP receives
Refurbished LaserJet Product List from HP. 

  

	 	D.	CSP shall: 

  

	 	1.	Comply with all applicable State and Federal laws for sales using face-to-face, telephone, facsimile, catalog or Internet selling techniques. 

  

	 	2.	Provide CSP Customers with HP Refurbished LaserJet Products price, availability information and description. 

  

 H 
 Page 2 of 3 

	 	E.	CSP shall not export HP Refurbished LaserJet Products outside the U.S., nor shall CSP resell HP Refurbished LaserJet Products for export outside the U.S. 

 

	 	F.	CSP shall not resell HP Refurbished LaserJet Products to any U.S. federal government department, agency or branch thereof without HP’s prior written approval.

  

	 	G.	All HP Refurbished LaserJet Products shall be clearly identified wherever applicable, including but not limited to, cartons, invoices and warranties and marketed as “USED AND
REFURBISHED.” 

  

	 	H.	HP Refurbished LaserJet Products shall not be advertised as new and shall only be advertised as refurbished. 

  

	 	I.	CSP shall notify CSP Customers of the warranty applicable to HP Refurbished LaserJet Products prior to purchase. 

  

	7.	HP RESPONSIBILITIES 

  

	 	A.	HP shall offer CSP all HP inventory of HP LaserJet Refurbished Product for purchase less any HP Refurbished LaserJet Products that HP requires for purposes of fulfilling its own
Customer orders or to satisfy non-resale related business needs. 

  

	 	B.	HP shall e-mail CSP an updated Refurbished LaserJet Product List on a weekly basis. 

  

	8.	RETURNS 

  
 HP Refurbished LaserJet Products shall not be eligible for return to HP for price protection credit, for stock adjustment returns or as customer
satisfaction returns. HP shall only accept returns for defective HP Refurbished LaserJet Products. 
  

	9.	TERM AND TERMINATION 

  

	 	A.	CSP’s appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to CSP. CSP’s appointment shall terminate, unless
otherwise terminated as set forth herein, upon termination or expiration of the Agreement. At HP’s discretion, CSP’s participation may be renewed upon expiration of this Addendum. 

  

	 	B.	Either Party may terminate this Addendum (1) without cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party; or (2) with cause upon fifteen (15) days prior written
notice to the other Party. Termination of this Addendum may affect the Agreement or other distribution or resale agreement or addenda between HP and CSP. 

  

	 	C.	Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement or this Addendum for any reason, CSP shall immediately cease representing itself as a seller of HP Refurbished LaserJet Products and
shall immediately cease any activity permitted by this Addendum. 

  

	 	D.	Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this Addendum for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately terminate. CSP shall
immediately return to HP at CSP’s expense all free-of-charge materials provided to CSP by HP for the sale and support of HP Refurbished LaserJet Products. 

  

	 	E.	HP may require CSP return, against outstanding balance or for re-purchase, any HP Refurbished LaserJet Products purchased under this Addendum. 

  
 END HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – REFURBISHED AND
EXCESS LASERJET PRODUCTS ADDENDUM 
  

 H 
 Page 3 of 3 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – 
 CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER 
 IPG PRODUCT
SPECIFIC ADDENDUM 
  
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

	 1.
	  	DEFINITIONS	  	2
	 2.
	  	STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT	  	2
	 3.
	  	PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT	  	2
	 4.
	  	OPERATING POLICIES	  	2
	 5.
	  	TERM AND TERMINATION	  	3

  

 H 
 Page 1 of 3 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – 
 CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER 
 IPG PRODUCT
SPECIFIC ADDENDUM 
  

	1.	DEFINITIONS 

  
 All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement
Definitions Addendum and the Channel Service Provider Addendum. 
  

	2.	STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT 

  

	 	A.	HP appoints Business Development Partner to purchase HP Imaging and Printing Group Products (“IPG Products”) directly from HP for resale only to CSP Customers. IPG
Products available for purchase and resale shall be set forth at http://partner.americas.hp.com, incorporated herein by reference. All IPG Products are U.S. versions only. 

  

	 	B.	This HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement-Channel Service Provider IPG Products Specific Addendum (“IPG Product Specific Addendum”) adds terms and conditions
controlling CSP purchasing IPG Products directly from HP and reselling to CSP Customers. Any and all purchases and resales of IPG Products shall be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this IPG Product Specific Addendum and the
Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this IPG Product Specific Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this IPG Product Specific Addendum shall prevail.

  

	 	C.	CSP accepts this appointment pursuant to the terms and conditions of this IPG Product Specific Addendum, the terms and conditions of the Agreement, and the terms and conditions of
the Channel Service Provider Addendum. 

  

	3.	PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT 

  

	 	A.	CSP shall be permitted to purchase IPG Products directly from HP only in the event that the individual HP CSP shall commit to and substantiate a minimum annual Ship-to dollar amount
of one hundred million dollars ($100,000,000) in IPG Products. 

  

	 	B.	HP reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to permit a CSP to purchase IPG Products directly from HP despite CSP’s initial inability to substantiate an annual performance
commitment as set forth above in Subsection 3(A). 

  

	 	C.	CSP’s annual performance commitment under this IPG Product Specific Addendum shall be for deliveries of IPG Products purchased over a twelve (12) month period. In the event the
term of this IPG Product Specific Addendum is shorter than twelve (12) months, an applicable twelve (12) month performance commitment shall be calculated by projection over a full twelve (12) month term. 

  

	 	D.	HP shall review progress towards CSP’s performance commitment pertaining to this IPG Product Specific Addendum at any time in its sole discretion. In the event CSP’s
projected performance commitment falls below the actual performance commitment, HP reserves the right to terminate the Agreement or this IPG Product Specific Addendum for cause. 

  

	4.	OPERATING POLICIES 

  

	 	A.	Stock Adjustment, Defective Unit and Customer Satisfaction Returns 

  

	 	1.	With the exception of IPG Products in Product Line R4, HP shall accept stock adjustment returns, closed box returns, defective unit and customer satisfaction returns of IPG Products
up to a two percent (2%) returns cap. The returns cap for IPG Products shall be calculated as follows: add together the net dollar total of all IPG Products invoiced shipments during the previous quarter and multiply the result by two percent (2%)
(“IPG Products Returns Cap”). 

  

	 	2.	HP shall not accept stock adjustment returns, closed box returns, defective unit and customer satisfaction returns of IPG Products in Product Line R4. 

  

	 	3.	HP shall not accept returns for any IPG Products declared obsolete. 

  

	 	4.	Quarters are calculated as follows: February through April; May through July; August through October; and November through January. 

  

	 	5.	HP shall charge a twenty five percent (25%) restocking fee for any IPG Products returned in excess of the IPG Products Returns Cap set forth hereinabove. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, HP reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to alternatively reject IPG Products returned in excess of the IPG Products Returns Cap to CSP at CSP’s expense. As necessary, HP shall honor the IPG Products warranty for HP IPG Product
returns exceeding the IPG Products Returns Cap. 

  

	 	6.	Ineligible IPG Products shall be defined to include IPG Products returned in excess of the IPG Products Returns Cap set forth hereinabove. 

  

	 	7.	CSP shall be sent a monthly invoice by HP for the amount due as a restocking fee. The monthly restocking fee shall be calculated by multiplying twenty five percent (25%) by the
total amount of the net dealer price of each Ineligible HP IPG Product returned that month. Payment of the restocking fee shall be paid by CSP within thirty (30) days from invoice. 

  

 H 
 Page 2 of 3 

	 	B.	Price Protection 

  

	 	1.	HP reserves the right to change its List Prices with not more than five (5) days written, electronic or other notice to CSP. In the event HP reduces the price of any IPG Product as
determined by SKU, CSP shall be eligible to receive a price protection credit equal to the difference between the Net Price paid by CSP and the reduced price. HP shall price protect all shipments made by HP to CSP less any IPG Products returned by
CSP to HP, as calculated on an Inventory Cap basis. 

  

	 	2.	Inventory Cap, as determined by HP in its sole discretion, shall be the lesser of the number of all price protected IPG Products by SKU (1) in CSP’s inventory; or (2) all
shipments made by HP to CSP thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of the price reduction. Inventory for purposes of IPG Product Specific Addendum means IPG Products purchased from HP pursuant to the Agreement including both IPG Products
on-hand and IPG Products in-transit from HP to CSP. 

  

	 	3.	Price protection credit shall be the difference between the net price and the reduced price times Inventory Cap. 

  

	 	4.	HP shall invoice based on the new reduced price for such IPG Products shipped on or after the effective date of the reduction. 

  

	 	5.	Any disputes regarding the amount credited shall be communicated to HP within thirty (30) days after the issuance of the credit. CSP shall not deduct from any outstanding invoice
from HP any amount for any reason whatsoever.” 

  

	 	C.	CSP Sales and Shipment Locations 

  

	 	1.	For CSPs demonstrating an annual volume performance, as measured in sell through, of up to one billion dollars ($1,000,000,000), HP shall ship to a maximum of six (6) Approved
Shipment Locations. CSP must own more than fifty percent (50%) of its business at each Approved Location (“Consolidated Shipping Option”). 

  

	 	2.	An exception shall be made where drop shipment is available for a specific Product under a special program. Drop shipment for those Products shall be subject to limitations
indicated in the relevant Addendum. 

  

	 	3.	For CSPs demonstrating an annual performance commitment of greater than one billion dollars ($1,000,000,000), HP may allow additional Shipment Locations, subject to the review and
written approval of HP Field and Channel Logistics management teams (“Outlet Shipping Option”). The application process for additional Shipment Locations may require CSP to provide documentation substantiating the increased efficiencies
obtained for both HP and CSP by the additional Shipment Locations. 

  

	 	D.	CSP Sales and Shipment Locations 

  

	 	1.	Consolidated Shipping Option. HP shall ship to a maximum of six (6) approved Shipment Locations. CSP must own more than fifty percent (50%) of its business at each Approved
Shipment Location. 

  

	 	    	An exception shall be made where drop shipment is available for a specific Product under a special program. Drop shipment for those Products shall be subject to limitations
indicated in the relevant Addendum. 

  

	 	2.	Outlet Shipping Option. CSP may elect more than six (6) Shipment Locations. This election shall result in a one percent (1%) reduction in Product discount. CSP must own more
than fifty percent (50%) of its business at each Approved Shipment Location. 

  

	 	    	An exception shall be made where drop shipment is available for a specific Product under a special program. Drop shipment for those Products shall be subject to limitations
indicated in the relevant Addendum. 

  

	5.	TERM AND TERMINATION 

  

	 	A.	CSP’s appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to CSP. CSP’s appointment shall terminate, unless
otherwise terminated as set forth herein, upon termination or expiration of the Agreement. At HP’s discretion, CSP’s participation may be renewed upon expiration of this IPG Product Specific Addendum. 

  

	 	B.	Either Party may terminate this IPG Product Specific Addendum (1) without cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party; or (2) with cause upon fifteen (15)
days prior written notice to the other Party. Termination of this IPG Product Specific Addendum may affect the Agreement or other distribution or resale agreement or addenda between HP and CSP. 

  

	 	C.	Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement or this IPG Product Specific Addendum for any reason, CSP shall immediately cease representing itself as a seller of IPG Products and
shall immediately cease any activity permitted by this IPG Product Specific Addendum. 

  

	 	D.	Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this IPG Product Specific Addendum for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately
terminate. CSP shall immediately return to HP at CSP’s expense all free-of-charge materials provided to CSP by HP for the sale and support of IPG Products. 

  

	 	E.	HP may require CSP return, against outstanding balance or for re-purchase, any IPG Products purchased under this IPG Product Specific Addendum. 

  
 END HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT - IPG PRODUCT SPECIFIC
ADDENDUM 
  

 H 
 Page 3 of 3 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – 
 CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER 
 NSS PRODUCT
SPECIFIC ADDENDUM 
  
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

	 1.
	  	DEFINITIONS	  	2
	 2.
	  	STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT	  	2
	 3.
	  	PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT	  	2
	 4.
	  	OPERATING POLICIES	  	2
	 5.
	  	TERM AND TERMINATION	  	3

  

 H 
 Page 1 of 3 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – 
 CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER 
 NSS PRODUCT
SPECIFIC ADDENDUM 
  

	1.	DEFINITIONS 

  
 All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. Business Development Agreement Definitions
Addendum and the Channel Service Provider Addendum. 
  

	2.	STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT 

  

	 	A.	HP appoints Business Development Partner as an authorized, non-exclusive Channel Service Provider (“CSP”) to purchase HP Business and Enterprise Class NSS Storage Products
(“NSS Products”) from HP and resale only to CSP Customers. NSS Products available for purchase and resale shall be set forth at http://partner.americas.hp.com, incorporated herein by reference. All NSS Products are U.S. versions
only. 

  

	 	B.	This HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement-Channel Service Provider NS Product Specific Addendum (“NSS Product Specific Addendum”) adds terms and conditions to
the HP U.S Business Development Agreement and the Channel Service Provider Addendum (the “Agreement”). Any and all purchases and resales of NSS Products shall be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this NSS Product Specific
Addendum and the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this NSS Product Specific Addendum and the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this NSS Product Specific Addendum shall prevail. 

 

	 	C.	CSP accepts this appointment pursuant to the terms and conditions of NSS Product Specific Addendum, the terms and conditions of the Agreement, and the terms and conditions of the
Channel Service Provider Addendum. 

  

	3.	PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT 

  

	 	A.	CSP shall be permitted to purchase NSS Products directly from HP only in the event that CSP commits to and will demonstrate a minimum annual ship-to dollar amount of fifty million
dollars ($50,000,000) in NSS Products. 

  

	 	B.	CSP’s annual performance commitment under this NSS Product Specific Addendum shall be for deliveries of NSS Products purchased over a twelve (12) month period. In the event
that the term of the NSS Product Specific Addendum is shorter than twelve (12) months, an applicable twelve (12) month performance commitment shall be calculated by projection over a full twelve (12) month term, based on figures available for the
shorter period. 

  

	 	C.	HP may review progress towards CSP’s performance commitment pertaining to this NSS Product Specific Addendum at any time in its sole discretion. In the event CSP’s
projected performance commitment falls below the actual performance commitment, HP reserves the right to terminate the Agreement or this NSS Product Specific Addendum for cause. 

  

	 	D.	CSP must have met all HP authorization and training requirements prior to placing orders for NSS Products as set forth at http://partner.americas.hp.com. 

 

	4.	OPERATING POLICIES 

  

	 	A.	Stock Adjustment, Defective Unit and Open Box Returns 

  

	 	1.	HP shall accept stock adjustment returns, defective unit and open box returns of NSS Products, subject to the return allowance and pursuant to conditions as described below:

  

	 	a.	The returns allowance for NSS Products shall be calculated by adding together the net dollar total of all of CSP’s invoiced shipments of NSS Products during the previous HP
fiscal quarter and multiplying the result by the allotted allowance percentage stated below (“NSS Products Returns Allowance”). 

  

	 	b.	HP Business Class NSS Storage Build to Order Products (“BTO Products”) are allotted a 1% quarterly return allowance based on CSP’s previous quarter net sales of HP
Business Class NSS Storage Products. HP will charge a twenty-five percent (25%) restocking fee for any BTO Product Returns that exceed the aforementioned allowance. CSP must pay the restocking fee within thirty (30) days of invoice.

  

	 	c.	For HP Business Class NSS Storage Configure to Order Products (“CTO Products”) only defective units (“DOA”) may be returned. CTO Product DOA returns are allotted
a 1% quarterly return allowance based on the distributor’s previous quarter net sales of HP Business Class NSS Storage Products. No additional returns will be permitted. 

  

	 	d.	HP Enterprise Class NSS Storage Products: Enterprise Class NSS Storage Products are allotted a 5% quarterly return allowance based on the distributor’s previous quarter’s
net sales of HP Enterprise Class NSS Storage Products. No additional return will be permitted. CSP must submit an offsetting purchase order for any stock rotation returns of Enterprise Class NSS Storage Products. 

  

	 	2.	If HP obsoletes an NSS Storage Product, only Enterprise Class NSS Storage Products will be accepted as returns. 

  

	 	3.	Quarters are calculated as follows: February through April; May through July: August through October; and November through January. 

  

 H 
 Page 2 of 3 

	 	B.	Price Protection 

  

	 	1.	HP reserves the right to change its List Prices via written, electronic or other notice to CSP. In the event HP reduces the price of any HP Business or Enterprise Class NSS Storage
Product, as determined by SKU, CSP shall be eligible to receive a price protection credit for the amount of time set forth below. “Price Protection” means a credit equal to the difference between the Net Price prior to the price reduction
and the reduced price. 

  

	 	2.	HP shall provide Price Protection to CSP as follows: 

  

	 	a.	Price Protection for HP Business Class NSS Storage Product is as follows: 

  

	 	b.	BTO Products: inventory on hand, plus five (5) days in transit from HP to CSP, up to a maximum of inventory shipped with last 30 (thirty)-calendar days. 

  

	 	c.	CTO Products: seven (7) calendar days in transit. 

  

	 	d.	Price Protection for HP Enterprise Class NSS Storage Products is for inventory on hand for a maximum of 60 (sixty) calendar days. HP Enterprise Class NSS Storage Products in transit
are only price protected if they are drop shipments from HP to an End User. 

  

	 	e.	CSP must communicate to HP any dispute regarding the amount credited within thirty (30) days after the issuance of the credit. CSP shall not deduct from any outstanding HP invoice
any amount for any reason whatsoever. 

  

	 	f.	Product shipped on or after the effective date of the price reduction shall be invoiced at the new price and not subject to price protection. 

  

	 	C.	CSP Shipment Locations 

  

	 	1.	For CSPs demonstrating an annual sell-though volume of up to one billion dollars ($1,000,000,000), HP will ship to a maximum of six (6) Approved Shipment Locations

  

	 	2.	HP, in its own discretion and subject to its own limitations, may drop shipment Products directly to End Users. 

  

	 	3.	For CSPs demonstrating an annual sell-through volume of greater than one billion dollars ($1,000,000,000), HP may allow more than six (6) Approved Shipment Locations, subject to the
review and written approval of HP Field and Channel Logistics management teams. HP may require CSP to provide documentation substantiating the increased efficiencies of more than six (6) Approved Shipment Locations. 

  

	5.	TERM AND TERMINATION 

  

	 	A.	CSP’s appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to CSP. CSP’s appointment shall terminate, unless
otherwise terminated as set forth herein, upon termination or expiration of the Agreement. At HP’s discretion, CSP’s participation may be renewed upon expiration of this NSS Product Specific Addendum. 

  

	 	B.	Either Party may terminate this NSS Product Specific Addendum (1) without cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party; or (2) with cause upon fifteen (15)
days prior written notice to the other Party. Termination of this NSS Product Specific Addendum may affect the Agreement or other distribution or resale agreement or addenda between HP and CSP. 

  

	 	C.	Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement or this NSS Product Specific Addendum for any reason, CSP shall immediately cease representing itself as a seller of NSS Products and
shall immediately cease any activity permitted by this NSS Product Specific Addendum. 

  

	 	D.	Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this NSS Product Specific Addendum for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately
terminate. CSP shall immediately return to HP at CSP’s expense all free-of-charge materials provided to CSP by HP for the sale and support of NSS Products. 

  

	 	E.	HP may require CSP return, against outstanding balance or for re-purchase, any NSS Products purchased under NSS Product Specific Addendum. 

  
 END HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – NSS PRODUCT
SPECIFIC ADDENDUM 
  

 H 
 Page 3 of 3 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – 
 CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER 
 PROCURVE
PRODUCT ADDENDUM 
  
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

	 1.
	  	 DEFINITIONS
	  	2
	 2.
	  	 STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT
	  	2
	 3.
	  	 PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT
	  	2
	 4.
	  	 TERM AND TERMINATION
	  	2

  

 H 
 Page 1 of 2 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – 
 CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER 
 PROCURVE
PRODUCT ADDENDUM 
  

	1.	DEFINITIONS 

  
 All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement
Definitions Addendum and the Channel Service Provider Addendum. 
  

	2.	STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT 

  

	 	A.	HP appoints Business Development Partner to purchase HP Product Line 6H Products (“ProCurve Products”) directly from HP for resale only to CSP Customers. ProCurve Products
available for purchase and resale shall be set forth at http://partner.americas.hp.com, incorporated herein by reference. All ProCurve Products are U.S. versions only. 

  

	 	B.	This HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement-Channel Service Provider ProCurve Products Addendum adds terms and conditions to the HP U.S Business Development Agreement and
the Channel Service Provider Addendum (the “Agreement”) controlling CSP’s purchasing of ProCurve Products directly from HP and reselling to CSP Customers. Any and all purchases and resales of ProCurve Products by CSP shall be
conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this ProCurve Product Addendum and the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this ProCurve Product Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the
terms and conditions of this ProCurve Product Addendum shall prevail. 

  

	 	C.	CSP accepts this appointment pursuant to the terms and conditions of this ProCurve Product Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement. 

  

	3.	PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT 

  

	 	A.	CSP shall be permitted to purchase ProCurve Products directly from HP only in the event that the individual HP CSP shall commit to and substantiate a minimum annual Ship-to dollar
amount of ten million dollars ($10,000,000) in ProCurve Products. 

  

	 	B.	HP reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to permit a CSP to purchase ProCurve Products directly from HP despite CSP’s initial inability to substantiate an annual
performance commitment as set forth above in Subsection 3(A). 

  

	 	C.	CSP’s annual performance commitment under this ProCurve Product Addendum shall be for deliveries of ProCurve Products purchased over a twelve (12) month period. In the event
the term of this ProCurve Product Addendum is shorter than twelve (12) months, an applicable twelve (12) month performance commitment shall be calculated by projection over a full twelve (12) month term. 

  

	 	D.	HP shall review progress towards CSP’s performance commitment pertaining to this ProCurve Product Addendum at any time in its sole discretion. In the event CSP’s projected
performance commitment falls below the actual performance commitment, HP reserves the right to terminate the Agreement or this ProCurve Product Addendum for cause. 

  

	4.	TERM AND TERMINATION 

  

	 	A.	CSP’s appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to CSP. CSP’s appointment shall terminate, unless
otherwise terminated as set forth herein, upon termination or expiration of the Agreement. At HP’s discretion, CSP’s participation may be renewed upon expiration of this ProCurve Product Addendum. 

  

	 	B.	Either Party may terminate this ProCurve Product Addendum (1) without cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party; or (2) with cause upon fifteen (15) days
prior written notice to the other Party. Termination of this ProCurve Product Addendum may affect the Agreement or other distribution or resale agreement or addenda between HP and CSP. 

  

	 	C.	Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement or this ProCurve Product Addendum for any reason, CSP shall immediately cease representing itself as a seller of ProCurve Products
and shall immediately cease any activity permitted by this ProCurve Product Addendum. 

  

	 	D.	Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this ProCurve Product Addendum for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately
terminate. CSP shall immediately return to HP at CSP’s expense all free-of-charge materials provided to CSP by HP for the sale and support of ProCurve Products. 

  

	 	E.	HP may require CSP return, against outstanding balance or for re-purchase, any ProCurve Products purchased under this ProCurve Product Addendum. 

  
 END HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT - PROCURVE PRODUCT ADDENDUM

  

 H 
 Page 2 of 2 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – 
 CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER 
 PSG
PRODUCTS ADDENDUM 
  
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

	 1.
	  	DEFINITIONS	  	2
	2.	  	STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT	  	2
	3.	  	PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT	  	2
	4.	  	TERM AND TERMINATION	  	2

  

 

 
 Page 1 of 2 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT - 
 CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER 
 PSG
PRODUCTS ADDENDUM 
  

	1.	DEFINITIONS 

  
 All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement
Definitions Addendum and the Channel Service Provider Addendum. 
  

	2.	STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT 

  

	 	A.	HP appoints Business Development Partner as an authorized, non-exclusive commercial Channel Service Provider (“CSP”) to purchase HP personal computing system Products
(“HP PSG Products”) directly from HP for resale to CSP Customers. HP PSG Products available for purchase and resale under this Channel Service Provider PSG Products Addendum exclude End of Life PSG Products and HP Refurbished Products.
Products available for purchase and resale hereunder shall be set forth at the Partnership Website, incorporated herein by reference. All HP PSG Products are U.S. versions only. 

  

	 	B.	This HP U. S. Business Development Partner – Channel Service Provider PSG Products Addendum (“CSP PSG Product Addendum”) adds terms and conditions to the HP U.S.
Business Development Partner Agreement (“Agreement”) controlling CSP’s purchase and resale of HP PSG Products. Any and all purchases and resales of HP PSG Products shall be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this CSP
PSG Product Addendum and the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this CSP PSG Product Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this CSP PSG Product Addendum shall
prevail. 

  

	 	C.	CSP accepts this appointment pursuant to the terms and conditions of this CSP PSG Product Addendum, the terms and conditions of the Agreement, and the terms and conditions of the
Channel Service Provider Addendum. 

  

	3.	PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT 

  

	 	A.	CSP shall be permitted to purchase HP PSG Products directly from HP only in the event that CSP commits to and substantiates a minimum annual Ship-to dollar amount of one hundred
fifty million dollars ($150,000,000) in HP PSG Products. 

  

	 	B.	CSP’s annual performance commitment under this PSG Product Addendum shall be for deliveries of HP PSG Products purchased over a twelve (12) month period. In the event the term
of this CSP PSG Product Addendum is shorter than twelve (12) months, an applicable twelve (12) month performance commitment shall be calculated by projection over a full twelve (12) month term. 

  

	 	C.	HP may review progress towards CSP’s performance commitment pertaining to this CSP PSG Product Addendum at any time in its sole discretion. In the event CSP’s projected
performance commitment falls below the actual performance commitment, HP reserves the right to terminate the Agreement or this CSP PSG Product Addendum for cause. 

  

	4.	TERM AND TERMINATION 

  

	 	A.	CSP’s appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to CSP. CSP’s appointment shall terminate, unless
otherwise terminated as set forth herein, upon termination or expiration of the Agreement. At HP’s discretion, CSP’s participation may be renewed upon expiration of this CSP PSG Product Addendum. 

  

	 	B.	Either Party may terminate this CSP PSG Product Addendum (1) without cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party; or (2) with cause upon fifteen (15) days
prior written notice to the other Party. Termination of this CSP PSG Product Addendum may affect the Agreement or other distribution or resale agreement or addenda between HP and CSP. 

  

	 	C.	Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement or this CSP PSG Product Addendum for any reason, CSP shall immediately cease representing itself as a seller of HP PSG Products and
shall immediately cease any activity permitted by this CSP PSG Product Addendum. 

  

	 	D.	Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this CSP PSG Product Addendum for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately
terminate. CSP shall immediately return to HP at CSP’s expense all free-of-charge materials provided to CSP by HP for the sale and support of HP PSG Products. 

  

	 	E.	HP may require CSP return, against outstanding balance or for re-purchase, any HP PSG Products purchased under this CSP PSG Product Addendum. 

  
 END HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – CSP PSG PRODUCTS
ADDENDUM 
  

 

 
 Page 2 of 2 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – 
 CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER 
 ISS
PRODUCTS ADDENDUM 
  
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

	1.	  	DEFINITIONS	  	2
	2.	  	STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT	  	2
	3.	  	PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT	  	2
	4.	  	TERM AND TERMINATION	  	2

  

 

 
 Page 1 of 2 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – 
 CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER 
 ISS
PRODUCTS ADDENDUM 
  

	1.	DEFINITIONS 

  
 All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. CSP Agreement Definitions Addendum and the
Channel Service Provider Addendum. 
  

	2.	STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT 

  

	 	A.	HP appoints Business Development Partner as an authorized, non-exclusive Channel Service Provider (“CSP”) to purchase HP Industry Standard Server Products (“ISS
Products”) from HP for resale to CSP Customers only. ISS Products available for purchase and resale shall be set forth at the Partnership Website, incorporated herein by reference. All ISS Products are U.S. versions only.

  

	 	B.	This HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement — Channel Service Provider ISS Products Addendum (“ISS Product Addendum”) adds terms and conditions to the HP U.S.
Business Development Partner Agreement (“Agreement”) controlling CSP’s purchase and resale of ISS Products. Any and all purchases and resales of ISS Products shall be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this ISS Product
Addendum, the Agreement, and the Channel Service Provider Addendum. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this ISS Product Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this ISS Product
Addendum shall prevail. 

  

	 	C.	CSP accepts this appointment pursuant to the terms and conditions of this ISS Product Addendum, the terms and conditions of the Channel Service Provider Addendum, and the terms and
conditions of the Agreement. 

  

	3.	PERFORMANCE COMMITMENT 

  

	 	A.	CSP shall be permitted to purchase ISS Products directly from HP only in the event that CSP commits to and substantiates a minimum annual Ship-to dollar amount of one hundred
million dollars ($100,000,000) in ISS Products. 

  

	 	B.	CSP’s annual performance commitment under this ISS Product Addendum shall be for deliveries of SS Products purchased over a twelve (12) month period. In the event the term of
this ISS Product Addendum is shorter than twelve (12) months, an applicable twelve (12) month performance commitment shall be calculated by projection over a full twelve (12) month term. 

  

	 	C.	HP may review progress towards CSP’s performance commitment pertaining to this ISS Product Addendum at any time in its sole discretion. In the event CSP’s projected
performance commitment falls below the actual performance commitment, HP reserves the right to terminate the Agreement or this ISS Product Addendum for cause. 

  

	 	D.	CSP shall ensure that its employees complete any training courses and/or certification designated by HP for each authorized location. Employees eligible to meet HP’s
certification requirements must be CSP’s actual full-time employees. CSP’s contract and part-time employees shall not be eligible for certification. Specific training requirements for the SS Products are defined on the Partnership Website.

  

	4.	TERM AND TERMINATION 

  

	 	A.	CSP’s appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to CSP. CSP’s appointment shall terminate, unless
otherwise terminated as set forth herein, upon termination or expiration of the Agreement. At HP’s discretion, CSP’s participation may be renewed upon expiration of this ISS Product Addendum. 

  

	 	B.	Either Party may terminate this ISS Product Addendum (1) without cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party; or (2) with cause upon fifteen (15) days prior
written notice to the other Party. Termination of this ISS Product Addendum may affect the Agreement or other distribution or resale agreement or addenda between HP and CSP. 

  

	 	C.	Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement or this ISS Product Addendum for any reason, CSP shall immediately cease representing itself as a seller of ISS Products and shall
immediately cease any activity permitted by this ISS Product Addendum. 

  

	 	D.	Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this ISS Product Addendum for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately terminate.
CSP shall immediately return to HP at CSP’s expense all free-of-charge materials provided to CSP by HP for the sale and support of ISS Products. 

  

	 	E.	HP may require CSP return, against outstanding balance or for re-purchase, any ISS Products purchased under this ISS Product Addendum. 

  
 END HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – CSP ISS PRODUCTS
ADDENDUM 
  

 

 
 Page 2 of 2 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT- 
 CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER – REFERRAL ADDENDUM 
  
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

	1.	  	DEFINITIONS	  	2
	2.	  	APPOINTMENT	  	2
	3.	  	REQUIREMENTS	  	2
	4.	  	CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER RESPONSIBILITIES	  	2
	5.	  	HP RESPONSIBILITIES	  	3
	6.	  	COMMISSIONS	  	3
	7.	  	TERM AND TERMINATION	  	3

  

 H 
 Page 1 of 3 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT- 
 CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER – REFERRAL ADDENDUM 
  

	1.	DEFINITIONS 

  

	 	A.	All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement Definitions Addendum and the
Channel Service Provider Addendum. 

  

	 	B.	For purposes of this Channel Service Provider-Referral Addendum only, “2nd Tier Reseller(s)” means those Business Development Partners in a current U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement with HP that are authorized to purchase Products from only an HP authorized
Distributor and not directly from HP. 

  

	2.	APPOINTMENT 

  

	 	A.	HP appoints Business Development Partner as an authorized, non-exclusive Channel Service Provider (“CSP”) to sell Product directly to End Users only in situations where:

  

	 	i.	A 2nd Tier Reseller refers a sales opportunity
to the CSP and requests that CSP sources the Product directly to End User; 

  

	 	ii.	CSP acts as a fulfillment arm for 2nd Tier
Reseller; 

  

	 	iii.	Title will pass directly from CSP to End User; 

  

	 	iv.	CSP ensures that such 2nd Tier Reseller does not
make a claim to HP for payment of such referred sale; and 

  

	 	v.	CSP agrees to indemnify HP for any costs and fees associated with any claims made by the referring 2nd Tier Reseller regarding such referred sale. 

  

	 	B.	CSP’s appointment is subject to the terms and conditions of this Channel Service Provider-Referral Addendum (this “Referral Addendum”) in addition to the terms and
conditions of the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement and the Channel Service Provider Addendum (the “Agreement”). In the event of conflict between terms and conditions in this Referral Addendum and terms and conditions in the
Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Referral Addendum will take precedence. 

  

	 	C.	CSP warrants that all information and benefits obtained through participation in any Referral Program and through this Referral Addendum shall only be used internally within
CSP’s organization solely for Sale of Commercial Products and Services. No other right, title, or interest in the information provided through participation in any Referral Program is granted to CSP. 

  

	 	D.	CSP shall not disclose the terms and conditions of this Referral Addendum to any third party. 

  

	3.	REQUIREMENTS 

  

	 	A.	Products and Services available for resale shall be set forth within the attached Product exhibits and Product categories. 

  

	 	B.	HP may add, delete, or discontinue Products and Services or deem these to be obsolete without notice to CSP or End User. 

  

	 	C.	HP may issue notices regarding Products and Services updates, List Price changes, and Commissions through electronic methods. 

  

	 	D.	CSP shall regularly access Partnership Website to obtain and review information, updates, and any reports pertaining to the Referral Program(s) in which CSP participates.

  

	 	E.	CSP shall follow reasonable HP requests related to participation in any Referral Program(s). 

  

	4.	CSP RESPONSIBILITIES 

  

	 	A.	CSP shall: 

  

	 	1.	Identify and keep current primary and secondary support contacts to receive marketing, sales, post-sales technical Support information, and pertinent Referral Program information
provided by HP; 

  

	 	2.	Refrain from marketing, advertising, promoting, or disclosing features or availability of a new Product or Service until HP makes such Product or Service available for resale;

  

	 	3.	Resell Product and pass title of Product solely to End User pursuant to this Referral Addendum; 

  

	 	4.	Provide to 2nd Tier Reseller only those
Products, for which 2nd Tier Reseller is authorized under its HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement; and

  

	 	5.	Design and implement a Sales Referral Program as follows: 

  
 i. Permits 2nd Tier Reseller to fulfill its contractual duties and responsibilities to HP; 
  

 H 
 Page 2 of 3 

	 	ii.	Provide a written copy of the Sales Referral Program to HP for HP’s review for compliance with the terms and conditions of the U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement
between HP and 2nd Tier Reseller; and 

  

	 	iii.	Fairly remunerates 2nd Tier Reseller for its Referral Services. 

  

	 	6.	Report to HP in writing, as soon as reasonably practicable, all suspected defects in Products and Services; 

  

	 	7.	Identify all referred sales, the 2nd Tier
Reseller or non-authorized Reseller responsible for such referred sale and the End User in such referred sale, in its reports to HP; and 

  

	 	8.	Must hold the accounts receivable for such referred sales. 

  

	 	B.	For purposes of either the Agreement or sales and marketing programs, CSP shall provide HP with accurate Product Sells-To information in a format and frequency defined by HP.

  

	5.	HP RESPONSIBILITIES 

  
 HP shall: 
  

	 	A.	Maintain and deliver communications regarding Referral Programs through the Partnership Website; 

  

	 	B.	Resolve End User service issues regarding Product and Service orders, delivery dates, returns, or payment when contacted either by End User or CSP on End User’s behalf.

  

	6.	PROGRAM REBATES 

  

	 	A.	CSP shall be eligible to receive assigned Program Rebates provided CSP meets HP’s standard guidelines or terms and conditions then in effect for such Program Rebates. CSP shall
also be in full compliance with the terms and conditions of this Referral Addendum and the Agreement. 

  

	 	B.	HP shall release assigned Program Rebates to CSP as soon as practicable after CSP properly claims such assigned Program Rebates in accordance with HP’s then effective Program
Rebates reporting and claiming requirements. 

  

	 	C.	HP shall pay only one Program Rebate to CSP per sale. 

  

	7.	TERMS AND TERMINATION 

  

	 	A.	CSP’s appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated within the approval notification issued from HP to CSP. CSP’s appointment shall terminate, unless
otherwise terminated as set forth herein, upon termination or expiration of the Agreement. At HP’s discretion, CSP’s participation may be renewed upon expiration of this Referral Addendum. 

  

	 	B.	Either Party may terminate this Referral Addendum (1) without cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party; or (2) with cause upon fifteen (15) days prior
written notice to the other Party. Termination of this Referral Addendum may affect the Agreement or other distribution or resale agreement or addenda between HP and CSP. 

  

	 	D.	Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement or this Referral Addendum for any reason, CSP shall immediately cease representing itself as a seller of Products and shall
immediately cease any activity permitted by Referral Addendum. 

  

	 	D.	Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this Referral Addendum for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately terminate. CSP
shall immediately return to HP at CSP’s expense all free-of-charge materials provided to CSP by HP for the sale and support of Products. 

  

	 	E.	HP may require CSP return, against outstanding balance or for re-purchase, any Products purchased under this Referral Addendum. 

  
 END HP U.S. CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER AGREEMENT – REFERRAL ADDENDUM

  

 H 
 Page 3 of 3 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – 
 CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER 
 SERVER
PILOT PROGRAM ADDENDUM 
  
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

	1.	  	DEFINITIONS	  	2
	2.	  	STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT	  	2
	3.	  	CSP OBLIGATIONS	  	2
	4.	  	CONDITIONS OF DISTRIBUTION TO AUTHORIZED RESELLERS	  	3
	5.	  	INDEMNIFICATION	  	4
	6.	  	AUDIT	  	4
	7.	  	RETURNS POLICY	  	5
	8.	  	THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY	  	5
	9.	  	TERM AND TERMINATION	  	5

  

 

 
 Page 1 of 5 

 HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER AGREEMENT – 
 CHANNEL SERVICE PROVIDER 
 SERVER
PILOT PROGRAM ADDENDUM 
  

	1.	DEFINITIONS 

  

	 	A.	“Associated Product Materials” or “APM” means materials as MS shall designate from time to time, such as end user manuals, recovery media, and external media. MS
will make commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that changes made to the APM, if any, shall occur infrequently and will not affect the overall size of the APM packaging. 

  

	 	B.	“COA” means the Certificate of Authenticity as designated by MS. 

  

	 	C.	“Customer System” means HP’s computer system Product(s) identified as HP ProLiant Series or HP Server Series Products. 

  

	 	D.	“MSCORP” means Microsoft Corporation, the parent company of Microsoft Licensing, GP (“MS”). 

  

	 	E.	“Partitioning” is the physical or logical allocation of at least the central processing units, input/outputs, and memory resources of a Customer System into independent
units, such that each unit (a “Partition”) is capable of running a copy of the Product. 

  

	 	F.	“Server Pilot Program” means program pursuant to which Microsoft Windows 2000 Server and Microsoft Windows Server 2003 are available for limited distribution pursuant to
the terms and conditions of this Server Pilot Program Addendum. 

  

	 	G.	“Server Pilot Products” means Microsoft® Windows 2000 Server and Microsoft® Windows Server 2003. 

  

	 	H.	“Server Pilot Product Package(s)” means the two-part CD package including but not limited to the COA affixed to the outside of the CD wallet, end user manual, CD media,
with an external break the seal label, placed over the opening of the Server Pilot Product and a break the seal license placed inside the Server Pilot Product packaging. 

  

	 	I.	All other capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement Definitions Addendum and
the Channel Service Provider Addendum. 

  

	2.	STRUCTURE AND APPOINTMENT 

  

	 	A.	HP appoints Business Development Partner as an authorized, non-exclusive Channel Service Provider (“CSP”) to purchase Server Pilot Product Packages directly from HP only
for resale to Authorized Resellers (defined in Section 4 below) only. Server Pilot Product Packages available for purchase and resale shall be set forth at the Partnership Website, incorporated herein by reference. All Server Pilot Product
Packages are U.S. versions only. 

  

	 	B.	This HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement — Channel Service Provider Server Pilot Program Addendum adds terms and conditions to the HP U.S. Business Development
Partner Agreement and the Channel Service Provider Addendum (collectively, the “Agreement”) controlling CSP’s purchase and resale of Server Pilot Product Packages. Any and all purchases and resales of Server Pilot Product Packages
shall be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Server Pilot Program Addendum and the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Server Pilot Program Addendum and the terms and conditions of the
Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Server Pilot Program Addendum shall prevail. 

  

	 	C.	CSP accepts this appointment pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Server Pilot Program Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Agreement. 

  

	3.	CSP’S OBLIGATIONS 

  

	 	A.	CSP will not quote a separate price, advertise, market or promote the Server Pilot Product separate from a new Customer System to End Users. 

  

	 	B.	CSP will not remove, modify, or conceal any, copyright, trademark or patent notices or special labeling that appear in or on the Server Pilot Product(s) or any Server Pilot Product
Packages. 

  

	 	C.	CSP will maintain, in a manner consistent with standard industry practice, the inventory of any such Server Pilot Products and Server Product Packages. 

  

	 	D.	CSP will destroy or “sell-off” all inventory of Server Pilot Products and Server Pilot Product Packages remaining at the expiration or termination of this Server Pilot
Program Addendum. 

  

	 	E.	CSP will not reproduce all or any part of the Server Pilot Product(s) or Server Pilot Product Packages. 

  

	 	F.	CSP will not reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble any Server Pilot Product(s). 

  

	 	G.	Except as set forth herein, CSP shall not advertise, display or provide any additional or special packaging for the Server Pilot Products, or make the Server Pilot Products
available through any other means or channel. 

  

	 	H.	 CSP will promptly cease distribution of the Server Pilot Product(s) upon notice from HP or MS. MS may provide notice to cease distribution in cases where MS or HP
has information indicating that CSP is not in full compliance with this Server 

  

 

 
 Page 2 of 5 

	 	 
Pilot Program Addendum. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, immediately upon such notice, CSP’s distribution rights under this
Server Pilot Program Addendum will terminate if the notice so states, or MS or HP may terminate such distribution rights effective immediately upon a subsequent notice so stating from MS or HP. 

  

	4.	CONDITIONS OF DISTRIBUTION TO AUTHORIZED RESELLERS 

  
 CSP shall distribute the Server Pilot Products to Authorized Resellers (defined below) only, subject to following terms and conditions. CSP will require
those resellers in its distribution channels with which CSP has a direct business relationship and who desire to participate in the Server Pilot Program (“Authorized Resellers”) to enter, as a condition of their participation in the Server
Pilot Program, a written agreement with CSP requiring such Authorized Resellers to comply with the following terms and conditions, and making Microsoft a third party beneficiary of CSP’s agreements with the Authorized Resellers: 
  

	 	A.	Authorized Reseller will accept delivery of the Server Pilot Product from CSP on Authorized Reseller’s premises only and direct its employees to preinstall Server Pilot
Product(s) solely on new Customer Systems; 

  

	 	B.	Simultaneously with the sale of a new Customer System, Authorized Reseller will preinstall one (1) copy of the Server Pilot Product software, on the hard disk or ROM of a new
Customer System(s); 

  

	 	C.	Authorized Reseller will not quote a separate price, advertise, market or promote the Server Pilot Product separate from a new Customer System to End Users;

  

	 	D.	Authorized Reseller will place only one (1) of each applicable Server Pilot Product Package, in the original packaging, inside the Customer System simultaneously with the sale of a
new Customer System; 

  

	 	E.	Authorized Reseller will deliver the Customer Systems together with the original Server Pilot Product Packages inside a sealed HP Customer System box to End Users;

  

	 	F.	Authorized Reseller will not reproduce all or any part of the Server Pilot Product(s) or Server Pilot Product Packages, except as necessary to preinstall the Server Pilot Product(s)
in accordance with CSP’s directions; 

  

	 	G.	Authorized Reseller will not remove, modify, or conceal any, copyright, trademark or patent notices or special labeling that appear in or on the Server Pilot Product(s) or any
Server Pilot Product Packages; 

  

	 	H.	Authorized Reseller will maintain, in a manner consistent with standard industry practice, the inventory of any such Server Pilot Products and Server Product Packages;

  

	 	I.	Authorized Reseller will destroy or “sell-off” all remaining inventory of Server Pilot Products and Server Pilot Product Packages remaining at the expiration or
termination of this Server Pilot Program Addendum; 

  

	 	J.	Preinstallation of the Server Pilot Products shall be performed by Authorized Reseller’s employees on Authorized Resellers’ premises only. Authorized Reseller will not
reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble any Server Pilot Product(s); 

  

	 	K.	Authorized Reseller is authorized to resell the Server Pilot Product Packages only with and for use on HP ProLiant Series or HP Server Series systems based on the Pentium 3, Pentium
4, or comparable architecture; 

  

	 	L.	Authorized Reseller may not resell both the Product and any other MS operating system product with the same Customer System(s); 

  

	 	M.	Authorized Reseller is not authorized to resell the Server Pilot Product on a Customer System that includes more than four (4) processors. For purposes of this License Agreement,
“processor” means a physical processor or central processing unit (CPU); 

  

	 	N.	A Customer System that contains Partitions (“Partitioned Customer System”) may be installed with not more than one (1) operating copy of the Product on a Partition.
Authorized Reseller shall report and pay HP royalties for each Partition installed with a copy of the Product whether the Product is installed by CSP or by End User (if authorized by this License Agreement). End User is not authorized by this
License Agreement to install more copies of the Product than Authorized Reseller has reported to HP. To that end, Authorized Reseller is responsible for instructing such End User that it may install no more than the number of copies of Product that
Authorized Reseller has reported to HP; 

  

	 	O.	Authorized Reseller is not licensed to distribute a processor version of the Product on a Partitioned Customer System where the number of processors supporting a Partition running
the Product is greater than four (4) processors; 

  

	 	P.	Authorized Reseller(s) shall manage and maintain accurate and complete records of Server Pilot Product Packages for CSP, which are received by Authorized Reseller(s) and distributed
to End Users. Authorized Reseller(s) shall maintain on Authorized Reseller’s premises and inventory, the records of any such Server Pilot Product and Server Pilot Product Packages in a secure manner and separate from the records and inventory,
if any, in Authorized Reseller’s possession for other companies; 

  

	 	Q.	During the term of this Server Pilot Program Addendum and for two (2) years thereafter, the Authorized Reseller shall maintain at its respective facilities all usual and proper
records, including and not limited to, all records relating to each Server Pilot Product and Server Pilot Product Package sufficient to substantiate the number of copies of Server Pilot Product and/or Server Pilot Product Package(s), as applicable,
received and distributed on behalf of HP pursuant to the terms of this Server Pilot Program Addendum; 

  

 

 
 Page 3 of 5 

	 	R.	In order to verify compliance with the terms and conditions of this Server Pilot Program Addendum, on or around the fourth (4th) month after the Effective Date of this Server Pilot Program Addendum, MS shall have the option to cause an audit to be made of at least one Authorized
Reseller’s records related to the Server Pilot Program. Any such audit and/or inspection shall be conducted during regular business hours at Authorized Reseller’s facilities, with or without prior notice from MS; 

 

	 	S.	Authorized Reseller(s) shall provide MS’ designated audit team with access to all records relevant to the Server Pilot Program maintained at Authorized Reseller’s
facilities; 

  

	 	T.	MS will pay the cost of any such audit or inspection; provided however, that in the event the Authorized Reseller is found to be in violation of any term or condition of this Server
Pilot Program Addendum or the Agreement, Authorized Reseller will promptly reimburse MS for all costs of the audit. MS designated auditors may be escorted by Authorized Reseller’s personnel when on such Authorized Reseller’s premises, and
shall not unreasonably interfere with Authorized Reseller’s normal course of business; 

  

	 	U.	Except as set forth herein, Authorized Reseller shall not advertise, display or provide any additional or special packaging for the Server Pilot Products. Authorized Reseller will
not make the Server Pilot Products available through any other means or channel; 

  

	 	V.	Authorized Reseller shall promptly cease distribution of the Server Pilot Product(s) upon notice from HP or MS. MS may provide notice to cease distribution in cases where MS or HP
has information indicating that Authorized Reseller is not in full compliance with this Addendum. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, immediately upon such notice, Authorized Reseller’s distribution rights under this
Addendum will terminate if the notice so states, or MS or HP may terminate such distribution rights effective immediately upon a subsequent notice so stating from MS or HP; 

  

	 	W.	Authorized Reseller hereby indemnifies HP, MS and MSCORP against all damages, costs and attorneys’ fees, including any loss arising from claims or demands resulting from
Authorized Reseller’s breach of any of terms and conditions herein, including without limitation, any unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution of all or any portion of the Server Pilot Product(s) and/or Server Pilot Product Packages
inconsistent with the terms herein; and 

  

	 	X.	In order for the Authorized Reseller to receive credit for the return of Server Pilot Packages, all contents of the Server Pilot Package, including but not limited to any end user
manuals, CD media or COAs in the Server Pilot Package, must be returned to CSP. NO RETURNS WILL BE ACCEPTED FOR SERVERS INSTALLED WITH THE SERVER SOFTWARE PACKAGE AND/OR SERVERS WITH THE COA APPLIED TO THEM. 

  

	5.	INDEMNIFICATION 

  
 CSP hereby indemnifies HP, MS and MSCORP against all damages, costs and attorneys’ fees, including any loss arising from claims or demands resulting
from CSP’s breach of any of terms and conditions herein, including without limitation, any unauthorized use, reproduction and/or distribution of all or any portion of the Server Pilot Product(s) and/or Server Pilot Product Packages inconsistent
with the terms herein. 
  

	6.	AUDIT 

  

	 	A.	CSP shall manage and maintain accurate and complete records of COAs, APM and Server Pilot Products for MS, which are received by CSP and distributed to Authorized Resellers. CSP
shall maintain on CSP’s premises and inventory, the records of any such COAs in a secure manner and separate from the records and inventory, if any, in CSP’s possession for other companies. 

  

	 	B.	During the term of this Server Pilot Program Addendum and for two (2) years thereafter, CSP shall maintain at its facilities all usual and proper records, including and not limited
to, all records relating to each Server Pilot Product and Server Pilot Product Package sufficient to substantiate the number of copies of Server Pilot Product and/or Server Pilot Product Package(s), as applicable, received and distributed on behalf
of HP pursuant to the terms of this Server Pilot Program Addendum. 

  

	 	C.	In order to verify compliance with the terms and conditions of this Server Pilot Program Addendum, on or around the fourth (4th) month after the Effective Date of this Server Pilot Program Addendum, MS shall have the option to cause an audit to be made of CSP’s records related to
the Server Pilot Program. Any such audit and/or inspection shall be conducted during regular business hours at CSP’s facilities, with or without prior notice from MS. 

  

	 	D.	CSP shall provide MS’ designated audit team with access to all records relevant to the Server Pilot Program maintained at CSP’s respective facilities.

  

	 	E.	MS will pay the cost of any such audit or inspection; provided however, that in the event CSP is found to be in violation of any term or condition of this Server Pilot Program
Addendum, CSP will promptly reimburse MS for all costs of the audit. MS designated auditors may be escorted by CSP personnel when on such CSP premises, and shall not unreasonably interfere with CSP’s normal course of business.

  

	7.	RETURNS POLICY 

  
 In order for CSP to receive credit for the return of Server Pilot Packages, all contents of the Server Pilot Package, including but not limited to any end
user manuals, CD media, or COAs in the Server Pilot Package, must be returned to HP. NO RETURNS WILL BE ACCEPTED FOR SERVERS INSTALLED WITH THE SERVER SOFTWARE PACKAGE AND/OR SERVERS WITH THE COA APPLIED TO THEM. 
  

 

 
 Page 4 of 5 

	8.	THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY 

  
 MS shall be the intended third party beneficiary of the HP U.S. Business Development Partner Agreement between HP and CSP with respect to the Server Pilot
Products distributed under this Addendum to such Agreement. 
  

	9.	TERM AND TERMINATION 

  

	 	A.	CSP’s appointment shall commence on the Effective Date indicated on the Signature Page. CSP’s appointment shall terminate, unless otherwise terminated as set forth herein,
upon termination or expiration of the Agreement. At HP’s discretion, CSP’s participation may be renewed upon expiration of this Server Pilot Program Addendum. 

  

	 	B.	Either Party may terminate this Server Pilot Program Addendum (1) without cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Party; or (2) with cause upon fifteen (15)
days prior written notice to the other Party. Termination of this Server Pilot Program Addendum may affect the Agreement or other distribution or resale agreement or addenda between HP and CSP. 

  

	 	C.	Upon termination or expiration of the Agreement or this Server Pilot Program Addendum for any reason, CSP shall immediately cease representing itself as a seller of Server Pilot
Product Packages and shall immediately cease any activity permitted by this Server Pilot Program Addendum. 

  

	 	D.	Upon termination, non-compliance, or expiration of this Server Pilot Program Addendum for any reason, all licenses, if any, granted hereunder shall automatically and immediately
terminate. CSP shall immediately return to HP at CSP’s expense all free-of-charge materials provided to CSP by HP for the sale and support of Server Pilot Product Packages. 

  

	 	E.	HP may require CSP return, against outstanding balance or for re-purchase, any Server Pilot Product Packages purchased under this Server Pilot Program Addendum.

  
 END HP U.S. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT PARTNER
AGREEMENT – CSP SERVER PILOT PROGRAM ADDENDUM 
  
  

 

 
 Page 5 of 5Master External Manufacturing Agreement

 EXHIBIT 10.15 
  
 MASTER EXTERNAL MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT 
  
 This Master External Manufacturing Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made on and as of the 28th day of August, 1999 (“Effective Date”) by
and between Sun Microsystems, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with offices at 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303 (herein “Sun”) and Mitac International Corporation, a Taiwanese corporation, with offices at No. 40, Wen Hua 2nd Road,
Kuei San Hsiang, Taoyuan, Taiwan, R.O.C. (herein “Supplier”). 
  
 Background 
  
 This Agreement governs Sun’s purchase of
component parts, fabricated materials, and/or finished manufactured products from Supplier (each a “Product”). The general terms and conditions comprising the body of this Agreement sets forth the general terms for all Product
purchases. A separate Product Supplement/Award Letter in the form of Attachment A-2 (“Award Letter”) will be issued for each particular Product, setting forth any additional or special terms and conditions applying to that
particular Product, such as prices, order quantities, and lead times, and any change to the general terms and conditions applying to that particular Product. A purchase order (“P.O.”) will be issued for each purchase
transaction(s) specifying the quantities, prices, shipment/delivery date(s), delivery location(s), any other term required by the Award Letter and any special delivery terms for that particular transaction(s). 
  
 Agreement Components 
  
 The parties agree to be bound by this Agreement, which consists of this signature page, the
general terms and conditions and attachments following this signature page, any issued and accepted Award Letter and the Exhibits indicated below: 
  

	 x
	  	Exhibit A (Electronic Data Interchange)
	
	  	Exhibit B (Customer Support Provisions)
	
	  	Exhibit C (Supplier’s Quality Program)
	 x
	  	Exhibit D (Resident Supplier Agreement)

  
 The duly authorized representatives of
the parties have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the Effective Date. 
  

	Sun Microsystems, Inc.	 	 	 	MITAC INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
					
	By:	 	/s/ Eddie Reynolds	 	 	 	By:	 	/s/ Billy Ho        
	 	
	 	 	 	 	

	Name:	 	Eddie Reynolds	 	 	 	Name:	 	Billy Ho
	 	
	 	 	 	 	

	Title:	 	Director of Supply Mgment	 	 	 	Title:	 	President
	 	
	 	 	 	 	

  

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Master External
Manufacturing Agreement

	 	1
	 	 Version, April 26, 1999 ff
 Rev. September
21, 1999 ff
 Mitac International Corporation

 GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS 
  

	1.	Scope of Agreement 

  

	1.1.	Master Agreement Structure. These general terms and conditions cover the potential purchase by Sun of various Products from Supplier, but do not by themselves constitute a
purchase commitment by Sun. Sun will be committed to purchase Products only if and when both parties enter into both an Award Letter and a P.O. issued under that Award Letter. Any issued and accepted P.O. shall be considered an entirely separate
agreement that incorporates all the terms and conditions of the signature page, these general terms and conditions and attachments following the signature page, the applicable Award Letter(s) for the ordered Product(s) and the Exhibits indicated on
the signature page (the “Applicable Terms of this Agreement”). 

  

	1.2.	Design and Development Work. In the event Supplier performs any design or development work in connection with the manufacture and sale of any Product, the ownership, warranty
and indemnity provisions of this Agreement shall apply to any and all resulting Work Product and deliverables and the intellectual property embodied or contained therein. 

  

	1.3.	Applicable Parties. This Agreement applies with respect to all current or future divisions, subsidiaries, locations and operations of Supplier, wherever those may be located,
and which are controlled by or are under the control of Supplier. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” means the legal or beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of an entity. Sun and all its
current and future subsidiaries, as well as contractors who receive written authorization from Sun, may issue a P.O. for the purchase of Products pursuant to this Agreement. Sun’s contractors shall be as mutually agreed upon by Sun and
Supplier, which agreement will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed by Supplier. Supplier’s acceptance of such P.O. shall be subject to of such contractors’ creditworthiness. Each accepted P.O. shall be considered a separate contract
which shall automatically incorporate the Applicable Terms of this Agreement. Such P.O. shall be binding only between Supplier and the entity executing the P.O.; Sun shall be liable to pay only for Products ordered directly by Sun. Under no
circumstances shall Sun be liable to pay for any Products ordered by Sun’s contractors. Supplier agrees that Sun shall be an intended third party beneficiary of any agreement entered into between Supplier and any contractor or subsidiary of Sun
as permitted hereunder and that Sun shall have the right to enforce such contractor or subsidiary’s rights thereunder. All purchases made by Sun and its subsidiaries and contractors shall be cumulated for the purpose of determining volume
discounts. 

  

	2.	Engagement Process 

  

	2.1.	Product Supplement/Award Letters. From time to time Sun may issue a request for quotation, request for proposal or otherwise initiate discussions regarding a potential
Product. Supplier agrees to respond to such requests and engage in any follow-up discussions reasonably requested by Sun. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, each party agrees to bear its own costs and expenses associated with such discussions
without compensation or reimbursement from the other party. In the event that Sun, at its sole discretion, believes that it may, at some time in the future, desire to purchase such a Product from Supplier, Sun will issue and deliver to Supplier a
negotiated Award Letter incorporating the terms and conditions governing any such purchase. Supplier shall review the Award Letter and, if it is acceptable, execute it. An Award Letter shall not constitute a commitment to purchase any Product from
Supplier. 

  

	2.2.	 Purchase Orders. If and when Sun desires to commit to purchase a Product, Sun shall issue a P.O. in written form (or if Exhibit A forms a part of this
Agreement, in electronic form) describing the Product, specifying the quantity, price and any other information required by the Award Letter. Supplier shall accept each Sun P.O. unless such P.O. is inconsistent with the Award Letter or other
Applicable Terms of this Agreement. The preprinted terms of any P.O. and any terms in any P.O. acknowledgement shall be deemed deleted and of no force or effect. When written or electronic acknowledgment of receipt and acceptance of a P.O. is made
by Supplier, the P.O. shall be deemed a 

  

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Master External
Manufacturing Agreement

	 	
2	 	 Version, April 26, 1999 ff
 Rev. September
21, 1999 ff
 Mitac International Corporation

	 	 
commitment to purchase and sell the specified Products pursuant to the Applicable Terms of this Agreement. 

  

	2.3.	Pricing. The prices set forth in the Award Letter and P.O. shall be determined in accordance with the following principles: 

  

	 	2.3.1.	Product Pricing and Elements. The price(s) set forth in the Award Letter shall be itemized to include the costs of materials mark-up, labor, overhead and profit. The pricing
elements and estimates for the following six (6) quarters shall be updated by Supplier on a quarterly basis, or more frequently if requested in writing by Sun. 

  

	 	2.3.2.	Non-approved Charges. Unless authorized in writing and due to extraordinary circumstances, Sun shall not be liable to Supplier for any overtime charges, freight charges
(except as specified in Section 2.5., Delivery below) or component product price variances incurred by Supplier or its Sub-tier Suppliers as the result of factors including, but not limited to, component purges and stop-shipments. A “Sub-tier
Supplier” means a supplier of any tier who provides Product material or components to Supplier. 

  

	 	2.3.3.	Cost Reductions. Supplier will work actively to achieve cost reductions on all (i) material (except for Sun-Controlled Turnkey Components (defined below) which are
exempted from the cost reduction calculations) and (ii) Supplier processing costs (including costs associated with assembly and test). Supplier will provide to Sun an anticipated six (6) quarter cost reduction profile on a quarterly basis. Material
cost savings on all non Sun-Controlled Turnkey Components developed by Supplier and accepted by Sun will be retained by the Supplier for the current quarter achieved; thereafter, the savings will be passed on to Sun. Value engineered
(“VE”) cost savings developed by Supplier and accepted by Sun will be retained by Supplier for the current quarter achieved, plus one (1) succeeding quarter; thereafter, the savings will be passed on to Sun. VE cost savings developed by
Sun will be passed on to Sun immediately upon implementation. In the event that VE cost savings are jointly developed by Sun and Supplier, the parties will negotiate in good faith whether the savings will be (a) passed on to Sun immediately, or (b)
retained in whole by Supplier for the current quarter achieved, plus one (1) succeeding quarter, and thereafter the savings will be passed on to Sun. Supplier shall pass one hundred percent (100%) of the cost reductions in Sun-Controlled Turnkey
Components on to Sun as soon as possible after the effective date of such cost reductions, on a forward looking, weighted average basis. “Turnkey Components” means those components purchased by Supplier only in accordance with Sun’s
Approved Vendor Listing (“AVL”), as may be amended from time to time by Sun, unless otherwise authorized by Sun. “Sun-Controled Turnkey Components” means those Turnkey Components which Supplier purchases and for which Sun
establishes the pricing with the applicable supplier(s). 

  

	 	2.3.4.	Documentation. Supplier agrees to make all supporting documentation available to Sun regarding Supplier’s actual budget and specific costs at least two (2) weeks prior
to the quarterly Product Cost Review (“PCR”) cycle as described in the Supplier Handbook (defined below). Such information shall be in a format to be mutually agreed upon by Sun and Supplier and shall include fully-costed bills of material
that relate directly to this Agreement. 

  

	 	2.3.5.	Best Prices. Supplier represents and covenants that the prices charged by Supplier to Sun for each Product (and that the basis of such prices) are and shall remain at least
as low and favorable as the lowest, most favorable prices for manufacture and supply of comparable Products under comparable terms offered by Supplier to its other customers. 

  

	 	2.3.6.	Sun Requested Changes. Sun may at any time make changes in the Product upon written notice to Supplier. Such changes may include changes to applicable drawings, designs or
specifications; required method of shipment or packing; or place of delivery. If the change causes an increase or decrease in the cost or the time required by Supplier for performance of any P.O. issued under an Award Letter and Supplier so notifies
Sun in writing within 

  

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Master External
Manufacturing Agreement

	 	
3	 	 Version, April 26, 1999 ff
 Rev. September
21, 1999 ff
 Mitac International Corporation

 fifteen (15) days of Supplier’s receipt of the change order notice, then, if Sun still wishes such
change to be made, the parties shall negotiate a reasonable adjustment to the price or delivery schedule or both. Any such change must be agreed upon by Sun and set forth in a written modification to the applicable P.O. 
  

	2.4.	Payment Terms. Payment (in U.S. dollars unless otherwise specified in the Award Letter) is due within ten (10) days after the receipt of invoice or receipt of the shipping
documents associated with the Products within a shipment specified in the P.O., whichever is later (“Payment Due Date”), unless Sun notifies Supplier prior to the Payment Due Date that such Products are defective or
nonconforming in any manner. Sun shall not be required to pay the disputed portion of any invoice, pending resolution of that dispute; provided, however that notice of the dispute has been forwarded to Supplier prior to the Payment Due Date. Payment
of an invoice does not constitute acceptance of Products. Upon prior notification (which notification will include information as to the nature of the adjustment) to Supplier and Supplier’s agreement which shall not be unreasonably withheld,
invoices will be subject to adjustment for errors, shortages and/or rejected Products. If Supplier fails to respond to Sun’s notification within five (5) days, such notification and Sun’s adjustment shall be deemed to have been accepted by
Supplier. Supplier will provide Sun with a credit memo within thirty (30) days after Sun’s return of the Products (“Credit Payment Due Date”). Upon prior notification to Supplier and Supplier’s agreement which shall
not be unreasonably withheld, the amount of all good faith claims for monies due to Sun by Supplier relating to Products may be deducted by Sun from Supplier’s outstanding invoices under this Agreement. However, Supplier shal not be required to
pay a disputed portion of any claim, pending resolution of that dispute; provided, however that Notice of the dispute has been forwarded to Sun prior to the Credit Payment Due Date. The information on Supplier’s invoices shall include the
following: P.O. number, Sun part number(s), quantities, unit value and settlement currency, and freight charges (if applicable), each stated separately. With respect to all U.S. imports, the information provided on Supplier’s invoice shall
conform to the requirements of all federal laws and regulations. 

  

	2.5.	Delivery/Title/Acceptance. 

  

	 	2.5.1.	Delivery Point. Unless otherwise set out in the Award Letter delivery shall be EX-WORKS (INCOTERMS 1990). 

  

	 	2.5.2.	Risk of Loss or Damage. Supplier will bear all risk of loss, damage or destruction to the ordered Products until delivery to a carrier specified by Sun in writing. In
addition, Supplier shall be responsible for any loss or damage to Products due to Supplier’s failure to reasonably preserve, package or handle the Product. Supplier will also bear the risk of loss to any Products rejected by Sun, except that
Sun will be responsible for any damage to rejected Products occasioned by the negligence and willful misconduct of its employees acting within the scope of their employment. Title to Products shall only pass to Sun upon payment in full for Products.

  

	 	2.5.3.	Extraordinary Transportation for Late Deliveries. If it should reasonably be expected that a shipment of Product(s) will not be delivered on the agreed delivery date,
Supplier shall notify Sun and, upon Sun’s request, Supplier shall, at Supplier’s expense, use any extraordinary means of transportation to deliver Product(s) at the earliest possible date. Supplier shall pay for any resulting increase in
the freight cost over that which Sun would have been required to pay had extraordinary transportation not been required. 

  

	 	2.5.4.	Delivery Performance. If Supplier is unable to deliver the full number of Products ordered on the scheduled delivery date, Supplier shall notify Sun promptly, and Sun may, at
its sole option, consent to partial delivery. If Sun does not consent, Sun may: (1) reschedule the delivery or (2) cancel all or a portion of the order without any further obligation to Supplier. Partial deliveries shall be separately invoiced by
Supplier. 

  

	 	2.5.5.	 Acceptance. Sun and Sun’s contractors shall have thirty (30) days to inspect and test all Products delivered by Supplier to Sun (the “Acceptance
Period”). After such thirty (30) day period, Products delivered shall be deemed to have been accepted by Sun or Sun’s contractors; provided however that in the event there is any defect or quality issue arising in 

  

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Master External
Manufacturing Agreement

	 	
4	 	 Version, April 26, 1999 ff
 Rev. September
21, 1999 ff
 Mitac International Corporation

	 	 
connection with these Products, such defect or quality issue shall be settled in accordance with Section 4.2, Customer Support, below.

  

	2.6.	Forecasts, Allocation and Rescheduling. 

  

	 	2.6.1.	Forecasts. Sun shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to provide Supplier with a six (6) quarter rolling forecast of its intended purchases under each Award Letter in
the form of Sun’s Supply Plan, updated at least quarterly and subsequent updates as needed. Such forecast will be for Supplier’s convenience only and will in no way create an obligation on Sun’s part to comply with such forecast,
except for Sun’s obligations for EOQ and LLTC components (as defined in the Award Letter) specified in this Agreement. The designated Sun materials/operations person responsible for reconciling any conflict in forecast information provided to
Supplier for a particular Product will be specified in the applicable Award Letter. Sun may change such person from time to time. 

  

	 	2.6.2.	Allocation. In the event that materials or capacity is in such short supply that Supplier is unable to fill Sun’s orders in full (“Scarce
Resources”), at a minimum Supplier agrees to allocate Scarce Resources to Sun and to utilize any materials in short supply to make Product under whichever of the following formulas would give Sun the greatest amount of Product: (i) in
proportion to Sun’s percentage of all of Supplier’s customer orders for Scarce Resources during the previous two (2) full months; (ii) in proportion to Sun’s percentage of all of Supplier’s customers forecasts for Scarce
Resources; or (iii) the most favorable allocation formula which Supplier utilizes with any other customer. Supplier will notify Sun promptly whenever Supplier identifies a materials or capacity constraint that could negatively affect Product
deliveries to Sun. 

  

	 	2.6.3.	Rescheduling. Sun may, from time to time, reschedule delivery of all or part of any P.O. once only, at no charge, up to ninety (90) days after the agreed delivery date.

  

	2.7.	Supplier Manufacturing Obligations. In accordance with the applicable Award Letter and P.O., Supplier shall do the following: 

  

	 	2.7.1.	Manufacture, assemble, debug and test each Pre-Production version of Product, pursuant to and in accordance with the Specifications and applicable schedules (A “Pre-
Production” version of a Product means a prototype Product which is fabricated prior to the beginning of production manufacturing and which may or may not meet Sun’s specifications); 

  

	 	2.7.2.	Manufacture, assemble, debug, test and deliver Products in accordance with the Agreement; 

  

	 	2.7.3.	Provide all necessary process design technology, labor, material, tooling, facilities and other resources necessary and/or appropriate for the timely and satisfactory completion and
delivery of the Product and any Pre-Production version; 

  

	 	2.7.4.	Commit and use sufficient and qualified personnel to support the requirements of this Agreement; 

  

	 	2.7.5.	Provide sufficient resources for testing the Product to ensure compliance with the Specifications; 

  

	 	2.7.6.	Provide Sun with reasonably detailed written progress reports as reasonably requested by Sun and mutually agreed to by Sun and Supplier; 

  

	 	2.7.7.	 Notify Sun promptly (not to exceed one (1) business day) of any factor, occurrence or event coming to its attention that may materially adversely affect
Supplier’s ability to meet any of its obligations hereunder or that is likely to occasion any material delay in delivery of any of the deliverables due hereunder. For example, but not by way of limitation, such notice 

  

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Master External
Manufacturing Agreement

	 	
5	 	 Version, April 26, 1999 ff
 Rev. September
21, 1999 ff
 Mitac International Corporation

	 	 
shall be given in the event of any loss or reassignment of key personnel, threat of strike, or major material equipment failure;

  

	 	2.7.8.	Deliver to Sun packaged and tested Pre-Production versions of each Product in the quantity agreed, tested by Supplier. The goal shall be to provide Pre-Production versions that
conform to all aspects of the finally agreed upon test requirements; and 

  

	 	2.7.9.	For Products covered by warranty, promptly repair or replace all Products returned for rework after notice from Sun. All returned Products which are not repaired and delivered to
Sun within thirty (30) days after Sun’s original notice must be delivered to Sun as the then most current version of the Product. Any cost or expense to repair or replace such Products so as to return them to Sun in their most current form
shall be borne by Supplier, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Sun. 

  

	2.8.	Compliance with Supplier Handbook. Supplier acknowledges that from time to time Sun may issue and revise Sun’s Supplier Handbook (the “Supplier
Handbook”). The Supplier Handbook will cover the areas of quality, qualification, compliance, connectivity, cost, supply and performance and may include Auto-Swap, Co-Planning, Demand Pull Certification, Direct Ship, Resident Supplier
Program, Supplier Performance Management and other initiatives. Supplier agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with the then most current version of the Supplier Handbook. Sun shall make the most current version of any applicable
Supplier Handbook available to Supplier during the term hereof. Supplier represents that it has read and familiarized itself with the most current version of the Supplier Handbook and has notified Sun in writing of any objection to Supplier’s
compliance with the Supplier Handbook. Supplier also agrees to read and familiarize itself with each revision of the Supplier Handbook within 30 days of receipt. In the event Supplier has reason to believe that at any time it will not be able to
comply with the then most current version of the Suppler Handbook, Supplier shall immediately notify Sun in writing. Sun and Supplier agree to negotiate in good faith to promptly resolve any reasonable objections that Supplier raises regarding its
compliance with the Supplier Handbook. 

  

	2.9.	Additional Responsibilities of Supplier. 

  

	 	2.9.1.	Material Procurement and Inventory Management. Supplier will ensure that the amount of finished goods inventory, work in process, and Sun-unique raw materials
(“Inventory”) is limited to that amount required to support the agreed upon lead times and Upside, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Sun. The costs associated with any excess Inventory not authorized in writing by Sun
will be borne by Supplier, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, including Section 2.10.4. (Effect of Stop Production, P.O. Cancellation and EOL). 

  

	 	2.9.2.	Sub-tier Supplier Management. Supplier will manage its Sub-tier Suppliers in accordance with the guidelines provided in Sun’s document, Sub Tier Management Roles and
Responsibilities, 923-2349-xx, which may be amended from time to time by Sun, a current copy of which has been provided to Supplier. 

  

	 	2.9.3.	Auto-Swap. Supplier agrees to support and implement an auto-swap process allowing Supplier Product(s) which fail during Sun’s manufacturing process to be immediately
swapped with another unit from a buffer stock of Supplier-owned material, as set forth in the Supplier Handbook. 

  

	 	2.9.4.	Co-Planning. Supplier agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to participate at an early stage in Sun’s planning cycle, to the extent that Sun requests such
participation in writing. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such participation may include jointly developing supply plans with Sun and refining forecasts. 

  

	 	2.9.5.	Demand Replenishment. If requested by Sun, Supplier agrees to support and implement a Demand Replenishment Program for supply of Product to Sun in an agreed upon timeframe
after execution of this Agreement. One purpose of the Demand Replenishment Program is to provide Sun flexibility in procuring Product on an “as needed” basis either from 

  

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Master External
Manufacturing Agreement

	 	
6	 	 Version, April 26, 1999 ff
 Rev. September
21, 1999 ff
 Mitac International Corporation

 Supplier’s manufacturing facility or from a stock of Supplier-owned inventory located at a hub(s)
near Sun’s point(s) of use. The specific details of Demand Replenishment Program will be specified in an attachment to the Award Letter. 
  

	 	2.9.6.	Demand Trigger. Demand Trigger means the mechanism, whether written or by electronic means in a method agreed to by the parties, by which Sun communicates to Supplier the
required delivery dates and quantities under a specified P.O. If Products are subject to Demand Trigger, the frequency of releases will be specified in the Award Letter. 

  

	 	2.9.7.	Direct Ship. Supplier agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to support processes that provide for delivery of Product from Supplier’s point of manufacture
directly to Sun’s point of consumption, e.g. Sun manufacturing sites, channels, consolidation points and direct end-users. 

  

	 	2.9.8.	Resident Supplier Program. If applicable, the terms and conditions of the Resident Supplier Program, including a Statement of Work and a Sun Confidential Disclosure Agreement
specific to Resident Suppliers are set forth as Exhibit D. Samples of the terms of the Statement of Work (applicable to the Resident Planner/Resident Engineer/Resident Program Manager, as the case may be) are set forth in the Supplier Handbook.

  

	 	2.9.9.	Supplier Performance Management. Supplier agrees to support Sun’s Supplier Performance Management process which is used to measure Supplier’s ongoing performance,
as described in the Supplier Handbook. 

  

	 	2.9.10.	Testing/Qualification. Supplier certifies that it will perform all system-level qualification and safety agency testing which is applicable to Products sold to Sun. Sun may
request at any time, and Supplier shall provide, evidence of such testing within three (3) days after Sun’s written request. 

  

	 	2.9.11.	Recordkeeping. Supplier will implement and maintain recordkeeping practices consistent with Sun’s document “WWOPS: Control of Quality Records,” 923-1764-xx,
which has been provided to Supplier. Upon reasonable notice, Sun shall be allowed to audit, or have an independent third party audit, Supplier’s books related to all services provided to Sun under this Agreement. 

  

	 	2.9.12.	Audit Rights. In addition to the audit rights set forth in Section 2.9.11. above, Sun reserves the right, for itself and its customers where Sun has contractual
requirements from its customers, to enter Supplier’s premises or other facilities where the Products are being manufactured, upon seventy-two (72) hours written notice and during normal working hours, to audit and inspect the quality of the
manufacturing and testing procedures utilized and the resulting Products, and to verify that the Products conform to the contractual requirements. 

  

	 	2.9.13.	Certifications. All shipping information, including that on invoices, packing lists, and packing labels will list the country of origin for all Product supplied, must be in
both text and scannable bar code formats and must comply with Sun’s labeling specification documents 917-1335-xx, WWOPS Supplier Specifications for Barcoding of Packaging, and 950-1419-xx, Engineering Specification for Part Identification
Labels. The invoice and packing list must also list the country of origin by part number. 

  
 Supplier must conform with Sun’s Origin Management System and its applicable procedures which are specified in the Supplier Handbook provided to
Supplier by Sun. 
  

	2.10.	Stop Production Notices, P.O Cancellation and End of Life. 

  

	 	2.10.1.	Stop Production Notices. Sun may in writing direct Supplier to stop the production of Products during any stage of the manufacturing process (a “Stop
Production Notice”). Sun has the right to direct Supplier to prepare Products up through a particular level of the manufacturing process and to hold such partially completed Products pending modifications 

  

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Master External
Manufacturing Agreement

	 	
7	 	 Version, April 26, 1999 ff
 Rev. September
21, 1999 ff
 Mitac International Corporation

 to be implemented as a result of error correction activities. If such a Stop Production Notice from Sun
is not due to Supplier’s negligence or failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement, Sun shall be responsible for the actual and reasonable costs incurred by Supplier resulting from a Stop Production Notice and for the actual and
reasonable costs associated with the holding of partially completed Products. In the event Pre-Production units of Product ordered are not accepted by Sun for commercial shipment due to no fault of Supplier, the provisions of Section 2.10.4. below
shall apply. In the event Pre-Production units of Product ordered are not accepted by Sun for commercial shipment due to a fault attributable to Supplier, Sun shall not be required to pay any amount for such rejected Product. 
  

	 	2.10.2.	P.O. Cancellation. Sun may, from time to time, cancel all or any part of a P.O. prior to shipment of the Product(s). Upon such notice from Sun, Supplier will carry out the
activities listed in Section 2.10.4. below. Sun’s liability for cancellation charges shall not exceed (i) for finished goods scheduled for delivery (within the specified minimum and/or maximum quantities, if any, set forth in the Award Letter
or P.O. and lead times necessary to meet Leadtime), the contract price, plus (ii) for that quantity of unfinished goods and Sun-unique Turnkey Components that are within the specified minimum quantities and agreed upon lead times, the direct costs
of manufacture expended for unfinished goods and Supplier’s direct cost of Sun-unique Turnkey Components which have been procured by Supplier, pursuant to this Agreement. Payment by Sun of the cancellation charges agreed to by Sun and Supplier
in accordance with this Section 2.10.2. shall constitute Sun’s entire liability for any Supplier loss, expense or damages arising out of Sun’s cancellation of the P.O. “Sun-unique Turnkey Components” means those Turnkey
Components which the parties have agreed upon from time to time are used exclusively in Products sold only to Sun. 

  

	 	2.10.3.	End of Life. Sun shall use reasonable efforts to notify Supplier in writing (“Notice”) at least six (6) months prior to Sun ceasing to purchase any Product set
forth in a P.O. due to Sun’s discontinuance of a product. Such notice shall include Sun’s purchase and schedule requirements for such Product during such six (6) month, or longer, period. Sun shall have the full end of life
(“EOL”) period specified in the notice, during which Sun may take delivery of EOL quantities or remaining quantities of the Product, as the case may be. 

  

	 	2.10.4.	 Effect of Stop Production, P.O. Cancellation and EOL. In the event that Sun determines that a Product and/or Sun-unique Turnkey Component has
become obsolete or not required (“Obsolete Components”), Supplier shall take the actions indicated in items 2.10.4.1. through 2.10.4.8. below upon written request from Sun to do so. Events which potentially may result in Obsolete
Components include the following: issuance of a Stop Production Notice; P.O. cancellation by Sun; engineering change orders; purges; AVL disqualification. The economic order quantities (“EOQ”) and long lead time components
(“LLTC”) lists (described in the applicable Award Letters), updated quarterly or as needed, will form the basis for any claims of potential Obsolete Components. Provided that Supplier takes such actions and subject to the EOQ
and LLTC lists, Sun shall subsequently pay Supplier its cost for properly inventoried and conforming Sun-unique Turnkey Components, including Supplier’s material acquisition costs and excluding profit, and at Sun’s option, Supplier shall
(i) deliver the Obsolete Components to Sun pursuant to a valid P.O., or (ii) scrap the Obsolete Components and Sun’s payment to Supplier hereunder will be reduced by the 

  

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Master External
Manufacturing Agreement

	 	
8	 	 Version, April 26, 1999 ff
 Rev. September
21, 1999 ff
 Mitac International Corporation

	 	 
scrap value of such components. Sun reserves the right to audit the Obsolete Components prior to authorizing scrapping. 

  
 Upon such notice from Sun, Supplier shall do the following: 
  

	 	2.10.4.1.	Immediately reduce/cancel its outstanding purchase orders for components and raw materials by the quantities in excess of those needed to meet Sun’s requirements.

  

	 	2.10.4.2.	In accordance with Section 4.1., discontinue Upside Support positioning. 

  

	 	2.10.4.3.	Perform or have performed a physical inventory of materials that Supplier may reasonably claim were required to comply with Sun’s delivery requirements and in-line with the
appropriate quantity of Sun-unique Turnkey Components, EOQs and LLTCs (“Supplier Inventory”). Sun reserves the right, at its option, to perform an audit of Supplier Inventory. Sun’s liability to pay, reimburse, or otherwise compensate
Supplier for Supplier Inventory shall not exceed the minimum Supplier Inventory that was reasonably required to comply with the proposed delivery schedule(s) and lead times applicable to Sun’s outstanding P.O.’s. 

 

	 	2.10.4.4.	Use commercially reasonable efforts to return the Obsolete Components to the supplier(s) at the same price at which they were purchased. 

  

	 	2.10.4.5.	Use commercially reasonable efforts to sell the Obsolete Components to a third party subject to written approval by Sun, at a price acceptable to Sun. Sun shall reimburse Supplier
for the difference between Supplier’s purchase price and the Sun-approved price at which it sold the Obsolete Component to a third party. If the sales price exceeds Supplier’s component purchase price, then the excess shall first be
applied to offset any obligation of Sun under this paragraph and any excess thereafter shall be retained by Supplier. 

  

	 	2.10.4.6.	Rework Obsolete Components, at Sun’s request, at a mutually agreed upon price and schedule. 

  

	 	2.10.4.7.	Perform a physical inventory of the remaining Obsolete Components within five (5) working days after completion of 2.10.4.1. through 2.10.4.6. above. 

  

	 	2.10.4.8.	Provide Sun documentation, satisfactory to Sun, within twenty (20) business days after receipt of notice indicating the quantities and kind of Inventory. 

 

	 	2.10.4.9.	Subsequent to Supplier’s efforts under 2.10.4.1. through 2.10.4.8. above Sun shall respond to Supplier’s claim for reimbursement or compensation within ten (10) business
days after receipt of the documentation. 

  

	2.11.	Product Discontinuance. Supplier shall provide Sun with at least one (1) year’s written notice prior to discontinuing the manufacture or sale of a Product covered by an
Award Letter and Supplier shall accept orders for Product for delivery during such one (1) year period. 

  

	2.12.	 Business Continuity Plan. Supplier agrees to provide documented evidence of a business continuity plan to ensure its capability to provide the Products in
the agreed upon timeframe after an event which may materially and adversely affect Supplier’s ability to deliver Products to Sun as scheduled. Such event may include one or more of the following: (1) system component failures (including any
material hard disk failure, computer virus or local area network outages); (2) natural or man-made disasters (including fire, flood, earthquake, bombing or vandalism); (3) any material work stoppages of any kind or any material failure of a Supplier
subcontractor to provide materials. These plans shall include development of alternate sourcing strategies for materials and details for redirection of 

  

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Master External
Manufacturing Agreement

	 	
9	 	 Version, April 26, 1999 ff
 Rev. September
21, 1999 ff
 Mitac International Corporation

	 	 
Product manufacture another Supplier location/facility. All such business continuity plans are subject to written approval by Sun in its reasonable
discretion. 

  

	2.13.	Alternative Sources of Products. Sun shall have the right to establish alternative and additional sources of supply for the Products. If applicable, upon termination or
expiration of this Agreement, Sun and Supplier shall negotiate in good faith in an attempt to reach an agreement that would provide Sun with a license to Supplier’s proprietary technology related to Product in order to assist Sun in expediting
the production of Products as soon as reasonably possible at another source’s facility. Such negotiation will include mutual agreement to a reasonable fee to be paid by Sun to Supplier. 

  

	3.	Ownership and Proprietary Rights 

  

	3.1.	Ownership. Unless otherwise specified in an applicable Award Letter or tooling agreement (i) any and all Product designs, inventions or improvements, (ii) any other design,
inventions or improvements and any and all discoveries, products, computer programs (including source code), tooling, procedures, improvements, developments, drawings, works of authorship, specifications, data, memoranda, notes, documents, manuals,
information, and other items made, authored, conceived or developed by or for Supplier or Sun, alone or with others, which result from or relate to the work or its manufacture, (iii) any intellectual property contained or embodied in such items, and
(iv) any intellectual property rights arising from (i)            , (ii) or (iii) (collectively, “Work Product”), shall be the sole property of Sun. Supplier hereby assigns and
transfers all worldwide right, title and interest in and to the Work Product to Sun. Supplier warrants that all Work Product shall be owned exclusively by Sun, free of any and all third party claims, regardless of the author or inventor. Sun shall
have the sole right to obtain and to hold in its own name any copyrights, patents, mask work rights, trademark registration, or other legal protection as may be appropriate to such Work Product and any derivatives thereof. Sun shall have the sole
right to determine the method of protection for any such Work Product, including the right to protect the same as trade secrets, to use and disclose the same without prior patent application or to file registration for copyright, patent, mask work
rights, or trademark in its own name, as Sun deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion. 

  

	3.2.	Further Assurances. Supplier shall do the following: (i) disclose promptly in writing to Sun all Work Product, and (ii) cooperate with and assist Sun or Sun’s designee
to apply for and to execute any applications and/or assignments reasonably necessary to obtain or perfect any patent, mask work right, copyright, trademark, or other statutory protection anywhere in the world for such Work Product in Sun’s
name, as Sun deems appropriate. Supplier shall obtain from its employees, agents and contractors written agreements that will permit Supplier to comply fully with these provisions. 

  

	3.3.	License. Supplier hereby grants to Sun a fully paid-up, worldwide, unrestricted and perpetual license under all intellectual property rights to use, reproduce, modify and
distribute any material to which Supplier has rights that is necessary for the full and unrestricted enjoyment, production, distribution or use of any Work Product, including the right to make, have made, use and sell Products. The foregoing license
rights are granted with respect to any Work Product for which Supplier’s assignment above is precluded by law or otherwise ineffective. 

  

	3.4.	Proprietary Rights Notices. Supplier agrees to properly mark each Product and any accompanying documentation with Sun’s copyright or other proprietary rights notice, as
directed by Sun, to indicate Sun’s intellectual property rights in such Products. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as a grant of any license, right or interest in any trademark, tradename or service mark of either party, or any
third party from whom either party may have acquired license rights. 

  

	4.	Support 

  

	4.1.	Upside Support/Accelerated Deliveries. “Upside Support” is defined as the maximum percentage increase in the quantity of Product(s) that Sun may purchase, in excess
of the quantities set out in Sun’s outstanding P.O.’s. Additional terms regarding Supplier’s obligation to provide Upside Support shall be set out in the Award Letter. Upon designation of a Product as EOL by Sun, Supplier shall not be
required to plan for any Upside Support. When requested by Sun from time to time, Supplier shall use best efforts to sell and deliver to Sun Product(s) at an accelerated delivery schedule. 

  

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Master External
Manufacturing Agreement

	 	10
	 	 Version, April 26, 1999 ff
 Rev. September
21, 1999 ff
 Mitac International Corporation

	4.2.	Customer Support. Supplier will provide in-warranty and out-of-warranty customer service and support in accordance with Exhibit B. 

  

	4.3	Quality. Supplier shall comply with Supplier’s Quality Program attached as Exhibit C. The quantity of Product(s) delivered to Sun shall not exceed the Defects Per
Million (“DPM”) levels set forth in Exhibit C. 

  

	5.	Warranties, Indemnification and Limitation of Liability 

  

	5.1.	General Warranties of Supplier. Supplier warrants that (i) it has the right to enter into this Agreement; (ii) there are no prior commitments or other obligations that
prevent Supplier from fully performing all its obligations in this Agreement; (iii) the services to be provided in connection with the manufacture and sale of Products shall be performed in a first class, professional and workmanlike manner by
competent and qualified personnel; (iv) at the time of delivery to Sun and for a period of thirteen (13) months from the date of shipment of Product, each Product will be new, merchantable, free from defects in design, materials and
workmanship and will conform in all respects to all of Sun’s specifications set forth in the applicable Award Letter and/or P.O. (“Specifications”); and (v) Sun will receive good and marketable title to each Product free
from liens or encumbrances of any nature. Supplier represents and warrants to Sun that Products do not contain any virus, worm or other harmful code. 

  

	5.2.	Year 2000 Warranty. Supplier further warrants that: (1) all versions of its Products which are sold and licensed to Sun have been or will be tested for, and will be
documented for Sun and its customers as meeting, the Year 2000 Compliant definition set out below; and (2) if Products incorporate inferencing rules, Supplier will notify Sun of the specific rules applied and ensure that they are unambiguous.
Sun’s remedies for Supplier’s breach of this warranty will be for Sun at its option to require Supplier, free of charge to Sun: (i) to use all reasonable efforts to make Products Year 2000 Compliant; (ii) to supply functionally equivalent
Products which are Year 2000 Compliant; or (iii) to refund to Sun the full purchase price or license fees paid by Sun for non-compliant Products. In addition to the above remedies, Sun may also require Supplier, free of charge to Sun: (a) to provide
Sun with the source code to software Products; (b) to permit Sun or its contractors to access and modify such source code, to the extent required for Sun or its contractors to create Year 2000 Compliant products and services; and (c) to distribute
modified source code and license it to Sun’s customers, to the extent required for them to have Year 2000 Compliant products and services. Supplier further represents and warrants to Sun, that the data processing and business systems on which
Supplier relies to operate its business and to supply Products to Sun are Year 2000 Compliant and that the date change from December 31, 1999 to January 1, 2000 and the occurrence of any leap year will not materially affect Supplier’s ability
to provide Sun with Products. “Year 2000 Compliant” means that Products will not produce errors in the calculation or processing of date data related to the year change from December 31, 1999 to January 1, 2000. Date calculation or
representation, including leap years, will be accurate when products are used in accordance with their accompanying documentation, provided that all hardware and software products used in combination with Year 2000 compliant products properly
exchange date data with them. 

  

	5.3.	 Supplier’s Warranty Obligations. Upon identification that any Product is non-compliant with any warranty set forth in Section 5.1 or 5.2 above, Supplier
shall make every reasonable effort to immediately correct the non-compliance and supply a copy of replacement software to Sun. During the warranty period Supplier shall repair or replace defective or non-Year-2000-Compliant Product within three (3)
days (or such longer period set forth in Exhibit B) after notification from Sun that the Product does not conform to the Specifications. Supplier makes no, and hereby disclaims, any design warranty with respect to any design provided by Sun. In the
event that the parties have agreed that particular Product(s) will be replaced in lieu of repair during the warranty period, Supplier further agrees, for a period of not less than five (5) years after the last delivery of production Product to Sun,
(the “Service Period”), at Sun’s option, to provide out of warranty repair 

  

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Master External
Manufacturing Agreement

	 	11
	 	 Version, April 26, 1999 ff
 Rev. September
21, 1999 ff
 Mitac International Corporation

	 	 
services to Sun and its authorized contractors during the Service Period, at a reasonable price to be negotiated by the parties.

  

	5.4.	Unexpected Failures. 

  

	 	5.4.1.	For purposes of this Agreement, “Unexpected Failures” shall mean Product failures within the number of years specified in each Award Letter after the date of delivery of
the Product, equal to or in excess of the specific Product failure rate (the “Unexpected Failure Rate”) set forth in each Award Letter, resulting from defects in materials, workmanship, manufacturing process, or design (but specifically
excluding therefrom, any design provided by Sun), such defects to include, without limitation, components with inherent or latent defects. 

  

	 	5.4.2.	In the event of a suspected Unexpected Failure, Sun shall promptly notify Supplier, and shall provide the following information, if known and as may then exist: a description of the
defect, and the suspected lot numbers, serial numbers or other identifiers, and delivery dates of the defective Products. Sun shall also deliver or make available to Supplier, samples of the defective Products for testing and analysis.

  
 Within three (3) days of receipt of the notice
from Sun, Supplier shall deliver to Sun a written proposal setting forth its program for the identification and replacement and/or repair of the defective Products. Sun shall consider and evaluate Supplier’s program and shall submit to Supplier
the corrective action program which the parties will utilize. 
  

	 	5.4.3.	In the event of an Unexpected Failure, Supplier shall, at Sun’s option, either provide the following support, or shall reimburse Sun for the cost of such support:

  
 a) implementation of the corrective action
program to repair or replace all defective Products and potentially impacted Products in the field, and to identify, test, rework or purge, if applicable, Products which have not yet been delivered to the end user; 
  
 b) the establishment of a pool of non-defective Products to implement and
support the corrective action program in the field; 
  
 c) repair
or replacement of all Products covered by the corrective action program, whether at Sun, at Sun’s channel partners or at end users; 
  
 d) freight, transportation, custom charges, duties, insurance, storage, handling and other incidental costs of moving Products (and the larger product of
which the Product is a part if the Product cannot be separated and removed without undue convenience or disruption to the end user) by and between Sun, its customers, the Supplier and any repair facilities; 
  
 e) all labor, equipment and processing costs incurred by Sun or third
parties in the implementation of the corrective action program, including without limitation, the cost of developing test procedures, the purchase of testing equipment, and the testing of Products; and 
  
 f) all reasonable field support costs incurred by Sun or its service
partners in connection with the corrective action program, such costs to include without limitation, labor, travel, lodging, and administration costs. 
  

	 	5.4.4.	Supplier’s total financial responsibility per occurrence of an Unexpected Failure under Section 5.4.3 for implementation of the corrective action program, shall not exceed the
greater of: a) the dollar figure set forth in each Award Letter; or b) the percentage of the total aggregate purchases of the specific Products by Sun or its permitted designees under the applicable Award Letter (as of the date Sun delivers to
Supplier, the approved corrective action program referred to in Section 5.4.2). 

  

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Master External
Manufacturing Agreement

	 	12
	 	 Version, April 26, 1999 ff
 Rev. September
21, 1999 ff
 Mitac International Corporation

	 	5.4.5.	For all amounts due to Sun from Supplier under Section 5.4.3, Sun shall periodically submit a summary statement showing in reasonable detail, the costs incurred and the purpose of
such costs. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt, Supplier shall issue payment to Sun in such form as may be mutually agreed upon. Alternatively, Sun may offset against any amounts it owes to Supplier, costs to be reimbursed by Supplier to Sun
under Section 5.3. Prior to any offset, Sun shall notify Supplier of the same and the total amount being offset. 

  

	5.5.	Disclaimers. EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES STATED IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED AND, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE (EVEN IF THE APPLICABLE PARTY IS ADVISED OF SUCH PURPOSE) ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED. 

  

	5.6.	Indemnification. 

  

	 	5.6.1.	Supplier will indemnify, defend and hold Sun harmless from all losses, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) arising out of third party claims
relating to: Product materials, Product workmanship, Supplier’s design contribution or Supplier’s manufacturing process, an alleged breach by Supplier of any representation, warranty or covenant or any act or omission of Supplier; provided
that Sun must (i) give Supplier prompt notice of such claim, (ii) cooperate with Supplier, at Supplier’s expense, in the defense of such claim, and (iii) give Supplier the right to control the defense and settlement of any such claim, except
that Supplier shall not enter into any settlement that affects Sun’s rights or interests without Sun’s prior written approval. 

  

	 	5.6.2.	If Supplier is responsible for any part of the design of the Product, Supplier shall indemnify, defend and hold Sun harmless for Sun’s additional costs and expenses to recover
from delivery of non-conforming Products to Sun. Such costs may include, but are not limited to, Sun’s expenses for redesign of Product or finding another source of supply for components at Supplier’s request. However, Sun shall not be
responsible for any of Supplier’s lost revenues due to Supplier’s Product failures. 

  

	 	5.6.3	Supplier shall have no obligation hereunder as to any claims, or part thereof, which are directly based on (i) Supplier’s compliance with Sun’s design, manufacturing or
assembly specifications or requirements; or (ii) combination of the Products by Sun with other apparatus not furnished by Supplier; in each case, if such compliance or combination necessarily is the basis for such claims. 

 

	 	5.6.4	Sun will indemnify, defend and hold Supplier harmless from all loss, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) arising out of third party claims caused
by or resulting from Sun’s Product design, provided that Supplier (i) gives Sun notice of such claim, (ii) cooperates with Sun, at Sun’s expense, in the defense of such claim, and (iii) gives Sun the right to control the defense and
settlement of any such claim, except that Sun shall not enter into any settlement that affects Supplier’s rights or interests without Supplier’s prior written approval. Supplier shall have no authority to settle any claim on behalf of Sun.

  

	5.6.	Limitation of Liability. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW AND EXCEPT FOR OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION 5 AND SECTION 6 BELOW (CONFIDENTIALITY), NEITHER
PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ITS INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES ARISING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE PARTY WAS MADE AWARE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. 

 

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Master External
Manufacturing Agreement

	 	13
	 	 Version, April 26, 1999 ff
 Rev. September
21, 1999 ff
 Mitac International Corporation

	6.	Confidentiality 

  

	6.1.	Definition. “Confidential Information” means information of a party, which information is conspicuously marked with “Confidential,” or
“Proprietary” or other similar legend. If Confidential Information is orally disclosed it shall be identified as such at the time of disclosure and a brief written non-confidential description of the information and confirmation of the
confidential nature of the information shall be sent to the recipient within thirty (30) days after the disclosure. Quantities, schedules and pricing shall be considered Confidential Information hereunder whether disclosed orally or in writing, or
whether or not marked “Confidential” or “Proprietary.” Confidential Information does not include information that: (a) was in the possession of, or was known by, the receiving party prior to its receipt from the disclosing party,
without an obligation to maintain its confidentiality; (b) is or becomes generally known to the public without violation of this Agreement; (c) is obtained by the receiving party from a third party, without an obligation to keep such information
confidential; or (d) is independently developed by the receiving party without use of Confidential Information. 

  

	6.2.	Confidentiality Obligations. The receiving party shall protect the confidentiality and secrecy of such Confidential Information and shall prevent any improper disclosure or
use thereof by its employees, agents, contractors or consultants, in the same manner and with the same degree of care (but in no event less than a reasonable degree of care) as it uses in protecting its own information of a confidential nature for a
period of three (3) years from the date of such disclosure. Each party must inform its employees having access to the other’s Confidential Information of restrictions required to comply with this Section. Each party agrees to provide notice to
the other immediately after learning of or having reason to suspect a breach of any of the restrictions of this Section 6. Sun retains for itself all proprietary rights it possesses in and to all Sun Confidential Information. Accordingly, Sun
Confidential Information which Sun may furnish to Supplier will be in Supplier’s possession pursuant only to a restrictive, nontransferable, nonexclusive license under which Supplier may use such Sun Confidential Information under the terms of
this Agreement, solely for the purposes of manufacturing, operating, servicing and repairing the Products for the sole benefit of Sun. Each party understands that the party receiving Confidential Information may now or in the future be developing
proprietary information internally, or receiving proprietary information from third parties in confidence that may be similar to disclosed Confidential Information. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as a representation or inference that
the receiving party will not develop products, for itself or others, that compete with the products, processes, systems or methods contemplated by disclosed Confidential Information. Supplier acknowledges that any material violation by Supplier of
the rights and obligations provided in this Section 6 may result in immediate and irreparable injury to Sun, and hereby agrees that Sun shall be entitled to immediate temporary, preliminary, and permanent injunctive relief against any such continued
violations upon adequate proof, as required by applicable law. Supplier hereby submits itself to the personal jurisdiction of the courts of competent subject matter jurisdiction for purposes of entry of such injunctive relief.

  

	7.	Term and Termination 

  

	7.1.	Term. This Agreement shall commence upon the Effective Date and shall continue perpetually until terminated in accordance with this Section 7. Sun may continue issuing
P.O.’s pursuant to existing Award Letters until such Award Letter expires or is terminated. 

  
 7.2. Termination. 
  

	 	7.2.1.	Either party may, by written notice, terminate and/or suspend its performance under this Agreement, and/or any P.O. hereunder without penalty, if (i) the other party materially
breaches any provision of this Agreement and such breach is either incapable of cure or is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from the nonbreaching party, or (ii) the other party becomes bankrupt or insolvent, makes an
assignment for the benefit of creditors or has a receiver appointed for it. 

  
  

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Master External
Manufacturing Agreement

	 	14
	 	 Version, April 26, 1999 ff
 Rev. September
21, 1999 ff
 Mitac International Corporation

	 	7.2.2.	Sun may terminate this Agreement for convenience upon sixty (60) days written notice to Supplier. 

  

	 	7.2.3.	Upon termination of this Agreement by either party, Supplier shall take the following actions as soon as commercially practicable upon being requested in writing to do so by Sun:
(i) return all equipment loaned from Sun; (ii) return all copies Sun supplied documentation, Confidential Information and software; (iii) assign to Sun all purchase orders of Turnkey Components and other components; and (iv) assign to Sun all
Supplier P.O.’s for repair services parts scheduled for delivery to Supplier within the three (3) month period following notice of termination, or such longer period as Sun agrees to in writing. 

  

	 	7.2.4.	Upon termination of this Agreement by either party, except when such termination results from breach by Supplier, Sun shall purchase: (a) all conforming Sun-unique Turnkey
Components in Supplier’s inventory at Supplier’s cost, provided that the quantity of such Components does not exceed (i) the quantity required to produce the Products ordered by Sun, and (ii) the quantity of long lead time components
(``LLTCs”) required to fulfill Sun’s forecast, and (b) completed conforming Products not yet delivered, or any partially completed Products (which conform to the extent completed) at a price not to exceed the Product price that Supplier
has acquired for the performance of this Agreement in accordance with Sun’s P.O. In addition, at Sun’s option upon termination, Sun may purchase any or all additional conforming Turnkey Components which are in Supplier’s inventory, in
which event such inventory will be delivered to Sun within fifteen (15) days after termination. Upon Sun’s request, Supplier will complete any or all partially completed Products and deliver the same to Sun within fifteen (15) days after
termination. Payment by Sun to Supplier will be made in accordance with the payment terms above. 

  

	7.3.	Survival. The provisions of Sections 3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 6, 7 and 8.2 through 8.15 and Exhibits B and C shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement and
enforcement thereof pursuant to this Section 7.3 shall not be subject to any condition precedent. 

  

	8.	Miscellaneous 

  

	8.1.	Insurance. During the term of this Agreement, Supplier, at its sole cost and expense, shall carry and maintain insurance with a Best Rating of (A, VIII) insuring the
Supplier, its agents, employees or associates as follows: 

  

	 	8.1.1.	Comprehensive general liability insurance covering all operations of the Supplier, including, but not limited to, Products/completed operations and blanket contractual liability
specifically covering the indemnification provisions in Section 5. above, against claims for personal and bodily injury and property damage with a combined single limit of U.S. $10,000,000. 

  

	 	8.1.2.	Workers compensation insurance to cover full liability under workers compensation laws of the state in which the work is performed, with employers’ liability coverage with a
limit of not less than U.S. $1,000,000. 

  

	 	8.1.3.	Automobile liability insurance covering bodily injury and property damage liability arising out of the use by or on behalf of the Supplier, its agents and employees of any owned,
non-owned or hired automobile with combined single limits not less than U.S. $10,000,000. 

  

	 	8.1.4.	Employee theft policy covering loss of money, securities and other property for which Supplier is legally liable or which is held by Supplier in any capacity, whether or not

  
  

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Master External
Manufacturing Agreement

	 	15
	 	 Version, April 26, 1999 ff
 Rev. September
21, 1999 ff
 Mitac International Corporation

 Supplier is liable, caused by theft of an employee acting alone or collusion with others subject to a
minimum limitation of U.S. $1,000,000. 
  

	 	8.1.5.	Cargo transit insurance providing all risk coverage for all goods, merchandise, machinery, equipment, inventory, supplies, etc. incidental to Supplier’s business, moving at the
risk of Supplier, subject to a minimum limitation of U.S. $1,000,000 per incident. 

  

	 	8.1.6.	Property insurance covering all real and personal property and inventory, including Sun’s Products, for “all risks” of physical loss or damage, including business
interruption and boiler and machinery breakdown, subject to a minimum limitation of U.S. $45,000,000. 

  
 Supplier shall provide Sun with a Certificate of Insurance prior to or at inception of this Agreement evidencing the above insurance policies are in full
force and effect. Policies in Sections 8.1.1. and 8.1.3. shall name Sun, its officers, directors and employees as additional insureds and shall stipulate that such insurance shall apply as primary and non-contributory to any insurance placed by Sun.
Policies in Sections 8.1.4. and 8.1.6. shall name Sun as loss payee as Sun’s interests may appear. Supplier shall require each insurer to give Sun thirty (30) days written notice before the policy or policies are canceled or materially altered.
Locations selected by Supplier must comply with highly protected risk property (“HPR”) loss protection requirements of Factory Mutual Engineering Association. 
  

	8.2.	Notice. All written notices required by this Agreement must be delivered in person or by means evidenced by a delivery receipt and will be effective upon receipt.

  

	8.3.	Governmental Compliance. Supplier shall comply with all laws applicable to the manufacture and sale of the Products, including, by way of example and not limitation,
Executive Order 11246 as amended by Executive Order 11375 (non-discrimination in employment) and the U.S. Clean Air Act of 1990. Supplier shall not use any ozone depleting substances listed in annexes A and B of the Montreal Protocol, including but
not limited to chlorofluorocarbons, in the manufacture of Products. Supplier shall comply with 15 USC 14A (“Aid to Small Business”) Section 637(d), as amended. Sun reserves the right to reject any Products manufactured utilizing or
containing such materials if Sun has not previously been notified of the same. All Products and technical data delivered under this Agreement are subject to U.S. export control laws and may be subject to export or import regulations in other
countries. Supplier agrees to comply strictly with all such laws and regulations and acknowledges that it has the responsibility to obtain such license to export, re-export or import as may be required and as may be permitted under the scope of this
Agreement. Supplier shall provide all information under its control which is necessary or useful for Sun to obtain any export or import licenses required for Sun to ship or receive Products, including, but not limited to, U.S. Customs Certificates
of Delivery, Certificates of Origin, U.S. Federal Communications Commissions (“FCC”) identifier, and DHHS (Bureau of Radiologic Health, FDA) Accession Number, if applicable. The following Import-related documentation shall be provided to
Sun’s Import Administration Department, Sun Microsystems, Inc., 901 San Antonio Road, M/S UNWK11-207, Palo Alto, CA 94303, Ph: (510) 574-6438, Fax: (510) 574-6586. 1. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Origin and FCC identifier, DHHS/FDA
Accession Number to permit Sun to import Product. 2. U.S. Customs Certificates of Delivery by certified mail within fifteen (15) days after shipment of Product to Sun. The parties agree not to export or re-export, or cause to be exported or
re-exported, the Product, any technical data of any kind received hereunder, or the direct product of such technical data, without complying with the laws of the United States, regulating the same. 

  

	8.4.	Publicity. Neither party shall publicize or disclose the existence or any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, or any transactions hereunder, without the express,
prior written consent of the other party. 

  

	8.5.	Relationship of the Parties. This Agreement is not intended to create a relationship such as a partnership, franchise, joint venture, agency or employment relationship.
Neither party may act in a manner which expresses or implies a relationship other than that of independent contractor, nor bind the other party. 

  

	8.6.	 Governing Law. Any action related to this Agreement will be governed by California law, and the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International
Sale of Goods shall not apply. The 

  

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Master External
Manufacturing Agreement

	 	16
	 	 Version, April 26, 1999 ff
 Rev. September
21, 1999 ff
 Mitac International Corporation

	 	 
parties agree that the exclusive jurisdiction and venue relating to any action between the parties relating to or arising out of this Agreement, including
disputes that may arise following termination of this Agreement, shall be with the United States District Court for the Northern District of California or the California state courts serving the county of Santa Clara, and each of the parties hereby
submits itself to the jurisdiction and venue of such courts with respect to such actions. 

  

	8.7.	Cumulative Remedies. The remedies stated in this Agreement are in addition to all other remedies at law or in equity, except to the extent that such other remedies have been
expressly excluded within this Agreement. 

  

	8.8.	Dispute Resolution and Attorneys’ Fees. Both parties agree to negotiate in good faith the settlement of any disputes that may arise under this Agreement. If necessary,
such disputes shall be escalated to appropriate senior management of each party. In the event of any litigation arising out of this Agreement or its enforcement by either party, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover as part of any
judgement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs. 

  

	8.9.	Severability. If any provision, or part thereof, in an Agreement, is held to be invalid, void or illegal, it shall be severed from the Agreement, and shall not affect,
impair, or invalidate any other provision, or part thereof, and it shall be replaced by a provision which comes closest to such severed provision, or part thereof, in language and intent, without being invalid, void or illegal.

  

	8.10.	Headings. The headings and titles of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience only and will not in any way affect the interpretation of any section or of the
Agreement itself. 

  

	8.11.	Assignment. The rights, duties and obligations of Supplier under this Agreement may not be assigned in whole or in part by operation of law or otherwise without the prior
express written consent of Sun, and any attempted assignment of any rights, duties or obligations hereunder without such consent shall be null and void. Supplier will use its reasonable efforts to provide Sun at least ninety (90) days notice prior
to any anticipated acquisition or merger. This Agreement shall be binding on the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. 

  

	8.12.	Force Majeure. A party is not liable under this Agreement for non-performance caused by events or conditions beyond that party’s control, if the party makes reasonable
efforts to perform. 

  

	8.13.	Waiver. Any express waiver or failure to exercise promptly any right under this Agreement will not create a continuing waiver or any expectation of non-enforcement.

  

	8.14.	Order of Precedence. In the event of a conflict between the documents comprising this Agreement, the order of precedence shall be (i) the non-pre-printed portions of the P.O.
(ii) the Award Letter, (iii) these General Terms and Conditions, and (iv) the Attachments and Exhibits. 

  

	8.15.	Entire Agreement and Modification. The Agreement is the parties’ entire agreement relating to its subject matter. It supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or
written communications, proposals, conditions, representations and warranties and prevails over any conflicting or additional terms other communication between the parties relating to its subject matter during the term of this Agreement. No
modification of this Agreement will be binding, unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of each party. 

  

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Master External
Manufacturing Agreement

	 	17
	 	 Version, April 26, 1999 ff
 Rev. September
21, 1999 ff
 Mitac International Corporation

 AMENDMENT #1 
 TO MASTER EXTERNAL MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT 
 BETWEEN SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. 
 AND 
 MITAC INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

  
 Agreement Ref. No. 7137-SMC 
  
 This Amendment is made by and between Sun Microsystems, Inc. (“Sun”) and Mitac
International Corporation (“Supplier”) effective December 20, 2000. The purpose of this Amendment is to add provisions relating to customer support to the Master External Manufacturing Agreement (“Agreement”) between the parties
dated August 28, 1999. 
  
 The Parties hereby agree to the following changes:

  
 1. Exhibit B dated December 20, 2000 and Exhibit C-1 dated December 20, 2000
are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. 
  
 All other terms
and conditions of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. 
  

	SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC.	 	MITAC INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
		
	 BY:

	 	 BY:

		
	 NAME:    

	 	 NAME:    

		
	 TITLE:    

	 	 TITLE:      

		
	 DATE:    

	 	 DATE:       

  

 1            Dec. 20, 2000
ff/KT                                       
                        

 AMENDMENT #2 
 TO MASTER EXTERNAL MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT 
 BETWEEN SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. 
 AND 
 MITAC INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

  
 Agreement Ref. No. 7137-SMC 
  
 This Amendment is made by and between Sun Microsystems, Inc. (“Sun”) and Mitac
International Corporation (“Supplier”) effective November 28, 2001. The purpose of this Amendment is to add provisions relating to Demand Replenishment and confidentiality to the Master External Manufacturing Agreement
(“Agreement”) between the parties dated August 28, 1999. 
  
 WHEREAS Sun
desires to maximize flexibility in procuring and taking delivery of Products from Supplier when needed by Sun; and 
  
 WHEREAS Supplier desires to provide such delivery performance to Sun; 
 The
Parties hereby agree to the following changes: 
  

	1.	Article 1., Scope of Agreement. In Section 1.1, delete the second sentence in its entirety and substitute the following: “Any issued and accepted P.O. shall be subject to all
the terms and conditions of the signature page, these general terms and conditions and attachments following the signature page, the applicable Award Letter(s) for the order Products(s) and the Exhibits indicated on the signature page (the
“Applicable Terms of this Agreement”).” 

  

	2.	Section 2.6.3, Rescheduling. Add the following before the period: “; provided however that with respect to Products which are subject to Demand Replenishment, Sun may, from
time to time, reschedule all or part of its requirements from the current quarter into the subsequent quarter”. 

  

	3.	Section 2.9.5, Demand Replenishment. Delete the 2nd sentence in its entirety and substitute the following: “Demand Replenishment Program shall mean the program whereby
Supplier-owned Product located at Supplier’s facilities or Supplier-designated 3rd party hub locations shall be delivered to Sun designated location(s) within the specified timeframe(s) required by Sun. Communication of delivery timeframes
shall be provided to Supplier by means of a Demand Trigger.” 

  

	4.	Section 6.2, Confidentiality Obligations. Add the following after the first sentence: “Supplier shall enter into a confidential disclosure agreement with its agents,
contractors and/or consultants which is at least as restrictive as this Article 6 to protect any Sun Confidential Information provided to Supplier in accordance with this Article 6 that is also provided to such third party(ies).”

  
 All other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain
unchanged and in full force and effect. 
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have
signed this Amendment by their duly authorized representatives on the date(s) set forth below. 
  

	SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC.	 	MITAC INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
		
	 BY:     /s/ Eddie Reynolds

	 	 BY:     /s/ Billy Ho

		
	 NAME:     Eddie Reynolds

	 	 NAME:     Billy Ho

		
	 TITLE:     Director of Supply Mgment

	 	 TITLE:       President

		
	 DATE:     18th March ‘02

	 	 DATE:       2/25/02

  

 1    November 28, 2001     ff     Mitac
International Corporation     

 AMENDMENT #3 
 TO MASTER EXTERNAL MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT 
  
 Agreement Ref. No. 7137-SMC 
  
 This
Amendment is made by and between Sun Microsystems, Inc. and Sun Microsystems International B.V. (collectively “Sun”) and Mitac International Corporation (“Mitac”) and SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. (“SYNNEX”)
((“Mitac” and “SYNNEX”) collectively “Supplier”) on February 12, 2002. The purpose of this Amendment is to specifically reference SYNNEX as a party to the Agreement, to modify the provisions related to Section 2.10:
Stop Production Notice; P.O. Cancellation and End of Life and to modify the provisions related to Unexpected Failures to the Master External Manufacturing Agreement (“Agreement”) originally entered into by Sun and Mitac on August 28, 1999.

  
 The Parties hereby agree to the following changes: 
  

	1.	Signature Page. The first full paragraph of the Signature Page is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: 

  
 “This Master External Manufacturing Agreement (the
“Agreement”) is made on and as of the 28th day of August, 1999 (“Effective Date”) by and between Sun Microsystems, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with offices at 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303 (herein “Sun”)
and Mitac International Corporation, a Taiwanese corporation, with offices at No. 40, Wen Hua 2nd Road, Kuei San Hsiang, Taoyuan, Taiwan, R.O.C. (herein “Mitac”), and SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc., a California corporation, with
offices at 3797 Spinnaker Court, Fremont, CA 94538 (herein collectively “Supplier”).” 
  

	2.	Section 1.3 Applicable Parties. Delete the 6th sentence in its entirety which reads: “Each accepted P.O. shall be considered a separate contract which shall automatically
incorporate the Applicable Terms of this Agreement.” 

  

	3.	Section 2.10.4(ii). Add the following at the end of the first sentence “; however title to Obsolete Components to be scrapped shall not pass to Sun.”

  

	4.	Section 5.4, Unexpected Failures. The following provisions supersede the original Section 5.4 as it applies to Products shipped on or after the Effective Date above.

  
 “5.4. Unexpected Failures. 
  

	 	5.4.1.	For purposes of this Agreement, “Unexpected Failures” shall mean Product failures within five (5) years after the date of delivery of the Product, equal to or in excess of
the specific Product failure rate (the “Unexpected Failure Rate”) set forth in each Award Letter, resulting from defects in Supplier-selected materials, workmanship, manufacturing process, or design (but specifically excluding therefrom,
any design provided by Sun), such defects to include, without limitation, components with inherent or latent defects. 

  

	 	5.4.2.	In the event of a suspected Unexpected Failure, Sun shall promptly notify Supplier, and shall provide the following information, if known and as may then exist: a description of the
defect, and the suspected lot numbers, serial numbers or other identifiers, and delivery dates of the defective Products. Sun shall also deliver or make available to Supplier, samples of the defective Products for testing and analysis.

  
 Within three (3) days of receipt of notice
from Sun, Supplier shall provide its preliminary findings regarding the cause of the failures. Thereafter, Supplier shall promptly provide the results of its root cause corrective analysis, its proposed plan for the identification of and the repair
or replacement of the affected Products and such other appropriate or desirable information. Sun shall consider and evaluate Supplier’s program and shall submit to Supplier the corrective action program which the parties will utilize.

  

 1        May 30, 2002 ff/JM    Mitac
International Corporation                 
 SYNNEX Information
Technologies, Inc.                 

 The parties shall also cooperate and work together to expeditiously devise and implement an approved
corrective action program which identifies the defective units for repair or replacement, and which minimizes disruption to the end user. 
  

	 	5.4.3.	In the event of an Unexpected Failure, Supplier shall, at Sun’s option, either provide the following support, or shall reimburse Sun for the cost of such support:

  
 a) implementation of the corrective action
program to repair or replace all defective Products and potentially impacted Products in the field, and to identify, test, rework or purge, if applicable, Products which have not yet been delivered to the end user; 
  
 b) provide a credit or payment to Sun, at Sun’s option, in an amount
equal to the cost to Sun for qualified, nondefective replacement Products acceptable to Sun in the event that repair and/or replacement of the defective Products will not sufficiently mitigate the impact of a particular Unexpected Failure event or
Supplier is unable to satisfactorily meet or exceed Sun’s requirements relative to the particular Unexpected Failure event due to circumstances which include without limitation unavailability of conforming Product and/or within the timeframes
required; 
  
 c) the establishment of a pool of non-defective
Products to implement and support the corrective action program in the field; provided however that such units shall not be the subject of any Supplier claims to Sun based upon excess inventory or obsolesence costs; 
  
 d) repair or replacement of all Products covered by the corrective action
program, whether at Sun, at Sun’s channel partners or at end users; 
  
 e) freight, transportation, custom charges, duties, insurance, storage, handling and other incidental costs of moving Products (and the larger product of which the Product is a part if the Product cannot be separated
and removed without undue convenience or disruption to the end user) by and between Sun, its customers, the Supplier and any repair facilities; 
  
 f) all labor, equipment and processing costs incurred by Sun or third parties in the implementation of the corrective action program, including without
limitation, the cost of developing test procedures, the purchase of testing equipment, and the testing of Products; and 
  
 g) all reasonable field support costs incurred by Sun or its service partners in connection with the corrective action program, such costs to include
without limitation, labor, travel, lodging, and administration costs. 
  

	 	5.4.4.	With respect to all other reasonable costs which may be incurred by Sun in implementing the corrective action program, Sun and Supplier shall each bear fifty percent (50%) of such
costs. 

  

	 	5.4.5.	Supplier’s total financial responsibility per occurrence of an Unexpected Failure under Section 5.4.3 and 5.4.4 for implementation of the corrective action program, shall not
exceed the greater of: a) the dollar figure, if any, set forth in each Award Letter; or b) the percentage of the total aggregate purchases of the specific Products by Sun or its permitted designees under the applicable Award Letter (as of the date
Sun delivers to Supplier, the approved corrective action program referred to in Section 5.4.2). Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Section 5.4.5 to the contrary, the parties agree that there will be no limitation on Supplier’s financial
responsibility per occurrence of an Unexpected Failure during the first six (6) months after Supplier’s first customer shipment of each Product to Sun. 

  

 2        July 17, 2002 ff/JM    Mitac
International Corporation                 
 SYNNEX Information
Technologies, Inc.                 

	 	5.4.6.	For all amounts due to Sun from Supplier under Section 5.4.3 and 5.4.4, Sun shall periodically submit a summary statement showing in reasonable detail, the costs incurred and the
purpose of such costs. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt, Supplier shall issue payment to Sun in such form as may be mutually agreed upon. Alternatively, Sun may offset against any amounts it owes to Supplier, costs to be reimbursed by Supplier
to Sun under Section 5.3. Prior to any offset, Sun shall notify Supplier of the same and the total amount being offset.” 

  
 All other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. 
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have signed this Amendment by their duly authorized representatives on the date(s) set forth below.

  

	SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC.	 	MITAC INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
		
	 BY:     /s/ Eddie Reynolds

	 	 BY:     /s/ Billy Ho

		
	 NAME:     Eddie Reynolds

	 	 NAME:     Billy Ho

		
	 TITLE:     Director of Supply Mgment

	 	 TITLE:       President

		
	 DATE:     August 28, 2002

	 	 DATE:       June 14, 2002

  
  

	SUN MICROSYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL B.V.	 	SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
		
	 BY:     /s/ Eddie Reynolds

	 	 BY:     /s/ Simon Y. Leung

		
	 NAME:     Eddie Reynolds

	 	 NAME:     Simon Y. Leung

		
	 TITLE:     Director of Supply Mgment

	 	 TITLE:       General Counsel & Corporate Secretary

		
	 DATE:     August 28, 2002

	 	 DATE:       June 4, 2002

  
  

	SUN MICROSYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL B.V.	 	 
		
	 BY:     /s/ illegible Kos

	 	 
		
	 NAME:     illegible Kos

	 	 
		
	 TITLE:     Director

	 	 
		
	 DATE:     16th August 2002

	 	 

  

 3        May 30, 2002 ff/JM    Mitac
International Corporation                 
 SYNNEX Information
Technologies, Inc.                 

 AMENDMENT #4 
 TO MASTER EXTERNAL MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT 
  
 Agreement Ref. No. 7137-SMC 
  
 This
Amendment is made by and between Sun Microsystems, Inc. and Sun Microsystems International B.V. (collectively “Sun”) and Mitac International Corporation (“Mitac”) and SYNNEX Information Technologies, Inc. (“SYNNEX”)
((“Mitac” and “SYNNEX”) collectively “Supplier”) on July 17, 2002. The purpose of this Amendment is to revise Exhibit B to the Master External Manufacturing Agreement (“Agreement”) originally entered into by
Sun and Mitac on August 28, 1999. 
  
 The Parties hereby agree to the following
changes: 
  

	1.	Exhibit B dated December 20, 2000 is deleted in its entirety and replaced by Exhibit B dated July 16, 2002 attached hereto. 

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have signed this Amendment by their duly authorized
representatives on the date(s) set forth below. 
  
  

	SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC.	 	MITAC INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
		
	 BY:    

	 	 BY:     /s/ illegible

		
	 NAME:    

	 	 NAME:     

		
	 TITLE:    

	 	 TITLE:       Vice President

		
	 DATE:    

	 	 DATE:       Sep. 12, 2002

  
  

	SUN MICROSYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL B.V.	 	SYNNEX INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
		
	 BY:    

	 	 BY:     /s/ Simon Y. Leung

		
	 NAME:    

	 	 NAME:     Simon Y. Leung

		
	 TITLE:    

	 	 TITLE:       General Counsel & Corporate Secretary

		
	 DATE:    

	 	 DATE:       9/26/02

  

 1        May 30, 2002 ff/JM    Mitac
International Corporation             
 SYNNEX Information Technologies,
Inc.             

 ATTACHMENT A-1 
  
 INDEX OF DEFINITIONS 
  
 For the purposes of this Agreement, the terms “include(s)” or “including” means “including without limitation” or “including, but not
limited to.” 
  
 Definitions of the following terms may be found in the
sections indicated: 
  
 “AVL”—Section 2.3.3 
 “Applicable Terms of this Agreement”—Section 1.1 
 “Award Letter”—Signature Page 
 “Credit Payment Due Date”—Section 2.4 
 “EOQ”—Section 2.10.4

 “Inventory”—Section 2.9.1 
 “LLTC”—Section 2.10.4 
 “Payment Due Date”—Section 2.4 
 “PCR”—Section 2.3.4

 “P.O.”—Signature Page 
 “Pre-Production”—Section 2.7.1 
 “Product”—Signature Page 
 “Scarce Resources”—Section 2.6.2 
 “Specifications”—5.1

 “Stop-Production Notice”—Section 2.10.1 
 “Sub-tier Supplier”—Section 2.3.2 
 “Sun-Controlled Turnkey Components”—Section 2.3.3 
 “Sun-unique Turnkey Components”—Section 2.10.2 
 “Supplier Handbook”—Section 2.8 
 “Supplier Inventory”—2.10.43 
 “Turnkey Components”—Section 2.3.3 
 “Upside Support”—Section
4.1 
 “V.E.”—Section 2.3.3 
  

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Master External
Manufacturing Agreement

	 	18
	 	 Version, April 26, 1999 ff
 Rev. September
21, 1999 ff
 Mitac International Corporation

 ATTACHMENT A-2  
 FORM OF PRODUCT SUPPLEMENT/AWARD LETTER 
  
  

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Master External
Manufacturing Agreement

 60342482v1
	 	19
	 	 Version, April 26, 1999 ff
 Rev. September
21, 1999 ff
 Mitac International Corporation

 Agreement No.
                 
  
 PRODUCT SUPPLEMENT/AWARD LETTER 
  
 This Product Supplement/Award Letter (this “Award Letter”) is made on and as of the              day of
            , 199             (“Effective Date”) by and between Sun Microsystems, Inc. (“Sun”) and,
             (“Supplier”), pursuant to the Master External Manufacturing Agreement, dated as of             , made
between the parties (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms not defined in this Award Letter have the meanings set forth in the Agreement. The parties agree as follows: 
  

	1.	Scope: Neither this Award Letter nor the Agreement constitutes a commitment by Sun to purchase Products unless Sun, in its sole discretion, issues one or more P.O.’s in
the manner described in the Agreement. 

  

	2.	Products and Pricing/Initiatives: 

  

	 	2.2	Products and Pricing. During the term hereof; Sun may issue P.O.’s for the Product(s) at the prices (and currency) set forth on Schedule A to this Award Letter until
such pricing is adjusted in accordance with Section 2.3 of the Agreement, after which time Sun may issue P.O.’s at the adjusted price. Supplier shall provide a detailed cost breakdown to Sun with respect to each Product covered by this Award
Letter, updated quarterly two (2) weeks prior to PCR submission, covering the then current quarter and estimates for the following six (6) quarters. This information will include without limitation pricing information with respect to the following
(if applicable): material cost and material acquisition cost of all Turnkey Components and other materials, assembly labor cost, test labor cost, warranty, profit, freight, duty, warehousing, NREs, tooling and Product prototype builds.

  
 Product(s)  Description

  
                                       
                                        
                                     
  

	 	2.2	Demand Replenishment Initiative. If the parties have agreed to implement a Demand Replenishment Program, the following terms and conditions shall apply.

  

	 	2.2.1	P.O.’s. P.O.’s issued by Sun pursuant to this Agreement will be: (specify timeframe; monthly quarterly TQPO’s). Monthly or Quarterly Purchase Order shall mean a P.O.
issued by Sun which specifies the total quantities ordered during the period specified therein (“TQPO”). The TQPO shall not specify delivery dates. Communication of delivery dates shall be provided to Supplier by means of a Demand Trigger.

  
 —————or————— 
  

	 	2.2.1	P.O.’s. P.O.’s issued by Sun pursuant to this Agreement will be: (BPO’s valid for the time period set out therein). Blanket Purchase Order
(“BPO”) means a P.O. issued by Sun which specifies a “not to exceed” amount which may be spent by Sun during the period specified therein. A BPO shall not specify delivery dates. Communication of delivery dates shall be provided
to Supplier by means of a Demand Trigger. 

  

	 	2.2.2	Demand Triggers. Sun will use reasonable efforts to provide Supplier with a (specify frequency and method) Demand Trigger requesting Product deliveries within
(hours/days, maximum # of times per day maximum # of days per week) after Supplier’s receipt of the Demand Trigger. Demand Trigger means the mechanism, whether written or by electronic mean in a method agreed to by the parties, by
which Sun communicates committed delivery dates and quantities under a specified P.O. to Supplier. 

  

	 	2.2.3	Supplier-owned Inventory. If the parties have agreed to implement a program in which Supplier agrees to store Supplier-owned Inventory at specified Sun or third party
providers’ Inventory locations until required by Sun, the terms and conditions in Exhibit D shall apply. 

  

	 	2.3	Auto-Swan Initiative. If the parties have agreed to implement an Auto-Swap program, the following terms and conditions shall apply. The parties will monitor and review these
parameters periodically. 

  

	 	2.3.1	Buffer Inventory. Supplier shall maintain a buffer inventory of Supplier-owned Product at Sun’s designated location(s) in an agreed upon minimum/maximum quantity per Sun
part number in accordance with Section 2.9.3 of the Agreement. 

  

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Award Letter
(External Manufacturing)
60342482v1
	 	1
	 	                                        
 June 25, 1999/ff

	 	2.3.2	Replacement. Supplier will pick up and replace failed units, up to the agreed upon maximum quantity, within
             (            ) hours after Sun’s notification. 

  

	 	2.3.3	No Trouble Found (“NTF”). Sun and Supplier will develop a cost matrix for returned units which arc determined after testing to be NTF. 

  

	3.	Supply Plan Communication: Sun’s material organization representative shall provide Supplier with an updated Supply Plan on at least a quarterly basis and subsequent
updates as needed. In the event that Supplier has not received this information within              (            ) days after the
beginning of a quarter, Supplier will notify Sun accordingly. 

  

	4.	Leadtime: Supplier shall comply with the following minimum lead time(s) between the time/date a P.O. is issued and the time/dare for which delivery is requested:
             (            ) (hours or calendar/business days). (This section should mirror the frequency
specified in Section 2.2.2 above if P.O. releases are against Demand Triggers.) 

  

	5.	Delivery/Title: (If other than EX-WORKS per the Agreement. Include multiple shipping points if necessary for global supply; Delivery Point to reflect freight & duty
implications and where title & risk of loss pass.) 

  

	6.	Upside Support: Supplier shall provide Upside Support in the quantity of Products) that Sun may purchase, in excess of the quantities set out in Sun’s outstanding
P.O.’s for the (month/quarter) in which such Upside Support is requested, beginning with the first foil calendar quarter after Sun makes its first customer shipment of the Sun product or system that incorporates the Product(s)
(“FCS”). Sun may request all or any part of Upside quantity at anytime during the applicable month/quarter up to the maximum amount indicated. Supplier shall sell, manufacture and ship such Upside quantities to Sun on a:
“first-in, first-out” basis within (timeframe: X hours: working days) after Sun’s written request. 

  

	 Timeframe

	  	 Upside Max. Percentage Increase

	 FCS +1 qtr
	  	__%
	 FCS +2 qtrs.
	  	__%
	 FCS +3 qtrs. and beyond
	  	__%

  
 Supplier shall use
reasonable efforts to accommodate any request from Sun to accelerate delivery of Upside quantities of Products within the timeframes indicated above. With respect to any request for quantities in excess of Upside Support described above, the parties
shall negotiate in good faith acceptable delivery dates. 
  

	7.	Customer Support: Supplier will provide in-warranty and out-of-warranty customer service and support in accordance with Exhibit B. 

  

	8.	Quality: Supplier shall deliver Product(s) which conforms to the Specification(s) attached as Exhibit A and shall comply with Supplier’s Quality Program attached as
Exhibit C. The quantity of Product(s) delivered to Sun shall not exceed the Defects Per Million (“DPM”) levels set forth in Exhibit C. 

  

	9.	EQQ: Sun and Supplier shall agree upon an EOQ list for the Sun-unique Turnkey Components or Sun-unique raw materials set forth in a separate written agreement which is hereby
incorporated by reference (the “EOQ List”). Supplier shall update the EOQ Agreement, subject to Sun’s approval, at least once each quarter. As part of the EOQ List, Supplier will identify EOQ components which are required to be
procured in a minimum order quantity (“MOQ”) so that Sun and Supplier can evaluate, as necessary, the costs of procuring the EOQ Versus the MOQ. Upon designation of a Product as EOL by Sun, Supplier will not place further EOQ orders on its
Sub-tier Suppliers, unless specifically directed to do so by Sun in writing. 

  

	10.	LLTC: Sun and Supplier shall agree upon an LLTC list and associated leadtimes for the Sun-unique Turnkey Components or Sun-unique raw materials set forth in a separate
written agreement which is hereby incorporated by reference (the “LLTC” List”). Supplier shall update the LLTC List subject to Sun’s approval, at least once each quarter. Supplier agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts
to reduce the number of LLTC’s to the greatest extent possible. 

	

  
  

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Master External
Manufacturing Agreement

 60342482v1
	 	2
	 	 Version, April 26, 1999 ff
 Rev. September
21, 1999 ff
 Mitac International Corporation

	11.	Notices: Sun and Supplier shall each assign an individual to administer the Agreement throughout its term (the “Administrators”). 

  

	 Sun’s Administrator shall be:
	  	Supplier’s Administrator shall be:
	 ________________________ M/S ______
	  	_______________________________
	 Sun Microsystems, Inc.,
	  	_______________________________
	 901 San Antonio Road (mailing address)
	  	_______________________________
	 Palo Alto, CA 94303
	  	_______________________________
	 Ph: (__) ________________________
	  	Ph: (__) ________________________
	 Fax: (__) ________________________
	  	Fax: (__) _______________________

  
 In accordance
with Section 2.6.1 of the Agreement, the designated Sun materials/operations person responsible for reconciling any conflict in forecast information provided to Supplier (if different than Sun’s Administrator) above is:
            . 
  
 Each party shall inform the Administrator of the other in writing of a change of Administrator or such Administrator’s address or telephone number. 
  

	12.	Award Letter Components: The parties agree to be bound by these terms and conditions which consists of the Award Letter and the Exhibits indicated below

  
 _______     Exhibit A
(Product Pricing Matrix) 
  
 _______    
Exhibit B (Customer Support Provisions) [indicate attached to the Agreement or Award Letter] 
  
 _______     Exhibit C (Supplier’s Quality Program) [indicate if attached to the Agreement or Award Letter] 
  
 _______     Exhibit D (Supplier-owned Inventory)

  
 The undersigned duly authorized representatives of the parties have executed
and delivered this Award Letter as of the Effective Date. 
  

	 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
	  	Supplier: Mitac International Corp.
		
	 By:  _______________________________
	  	By: /s/ Billy
Ho                                    
	 Name:  _____________________________
	  	Name: Billy
Ho                                    
	 Title:  ______________________________
	  	Title:
President                                    
	 Date:  ______________________________
	  	Date: Oct. 8,
1999                                

  
  

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Award Letter
(External Manufacturing)
60342482v1
	 	
1 	 	 June 25, 1999/ff

 EXHIBIT A 
  

ELECTRONIC DATA INTERCHANGE 
  
 (EDI) TERMS 
  

	1.	Definitions: 

  

	 	1.1.	“EDI” means electronic data interchange. 

  

	 	1.2.	“Adopted Format” is the accepted method for the interchange of Documents under this Agreement based on the EDIFACT, ANSI ASC X12 or CU standards for the presentation and
structuring of the electronic transmission of Documents, or other such format as may be agreed to in writing by the parties. 

  

	 	1.3.	“Document” is data structured in accordance with the Adopted Format and transmitted electronically between the parties. 

  

	 	1.4.	“Test” means transmission of a Document during a testing period to verify set ups in EDI-related software, network transmission and technical support processes.

  

	 	1.5.	“Provider” is a business entity that provides the service of moving and routing EDI transmissions between parties. 

  

	2.	Prerequisites. 

  

	 	2.1.	Documents, Standards. Each party may electronically transmit to or receive from the other party any Document which the parties have mutually agreed to Test The content of
Test Documents will be considered “dummy” data unless otherwise agreed to by the parties. All Documents which are intended to evidence a ‘transaction shall be transmitted in accordance with the Adopted Format.

  

	 	2.2.	Providers. Documents will be transmitted electronically to each party through any Provider with which either party may contract and/or the Internet The Provider for each
party shall be communicated to the other party. Either party may change its designated Provider upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other party. Each party shall be responsible for the costs of any Provider with which it contracts.

  

	 	2.3.	System Operations. Each party, at its own expense, shall provide and maintain the equipment, software, services and testing necessary to effectively and reliably transmit and
receive Documents. 

  
 If Provider is down and this
prevents, either party from meeting the pickup or delivery frequency agreed to, that party must notify the other party the same day. 
  

	 	2.4.	Security Procedures. Each party shall use security procedures which are reasonably anticipated to: (a) ensure that all transmissions of Documents are authorized and (b)
protect its business records and data from improper access. 

  

	 	2.5.	Signatures. Each party may adopt as its signature an electronic identification consisting of symbol(s) or code(s) which are to be affixed to or contained in each Document
transmitted by such party (“Signatures”). Each party agrees that any Signature of such party affixed to or contained in any transmitted Document shall be sufficient to verify such party originated such Document. Neither party shall
disclose to any unauthorized person the Signatures of the other party. 

  

	3.	Transmissions. 

  

	 	3.1.	Proper Receipt. Documents shall not be deemed to have been properly received, and no Document shall give rise to any obligation, until accessible to the receiving party at
such party’s electronic mailbox. 

  

	 	3.2.	Verification. Upon receipt of any Document, the receiving party shall promptly and properly transmit a functional acknowledgement in return within one (1) business day after
receipt of a Document. 

  

	 	3.3.	Acceptance. If a transmitted Document requires acceptance by the receiving party, any such Document which has been properly received shall not give rise to any obligation
unless and until the party initially transmitting such Document has properly received in return an acceptance Document. 

  

	 Rev 04.12.96 CFD
 60342482v1

	 	1
	 	 Mitac International Corporation

	 	3.4.	Garbled Transmissions. If any Document is received in an unintelligible or garbled form, or otherwise contains evidence of faulty transmission, the receiving party shall
promptly notify the originating party (if identifiable from the received Document) in a reasonable manner. In the absence of such notice, the originating party’s records of the contents of such Document shall control. 

 

	 	3.5.	Erroneous Transmissions. If either party receives a Document from the other party which differs from the applicable terms and conditions, (e.g., an order with a price,
quantity or schedule different than that mutually agreed upon), the receiving party shall promptly contact the sending party to confirm the accuracy of the Document. 

  

	4.	Transaction Terms. 

  

	 	4.1.	Order Placement. Each Purchase Release electronically transmitted shall reference the Sun Purchase Release number, and the Sun EDI number. 

  

	 	4.2.	Validity. Enforceability. The parties acknowledge their mutual intent to create binding purchase, sale and payment obligations by means of electronic transmission and receipt
of Documents specifying certain of the applicable terms. During the term of the Agreement, all obligations concerning the delivery of such Documents in written form may be satisfied by a transmission pursuant to the terms of this Exhibit. However,
either party shall have the option, at its discretion, to transmit Documents in written form to the other party. 

  
 Any Document properly transmitted pursuant to these terms shall be deemed (“Signed Documents”) and shall be considered, in connection with any
transaction, to be a “writing” or “in writing” and to have bean “signed” and to constitute an “original” when printed from electronic files or records established and maintained in the normal course of
business. 
  
 The parties agree that the provisions of the
Uniform Commercial Code, Section 2-201 (“Formal Requirements: Statute of Frauds”), shall not apply to Documents covered by this Exhibit since hard copies of Documents will not be issued and the parties further agree that said Documents
shall be deemed to satisfy any statutory or legal formalities requiring that agreements be in writing, including, but not limited to the Statute of Frauds. 
  
 The conduct of the parties pursuant to this Exhibit, including the use of Signed Documents properly transmitted, shall, for all legal purposes, evidence a
course of dealing and a course of performance accepted by the parties in            , furtherance -of this Agreement and Document. 
  
 The parties agree not to contest the validity or enforceability of Signed
Documents under the provisions of any applicable law relating to whether certain agreements be in writing or signed by the party to be bound thereby. Signed Documents, if introduced as evidence on paper in any judicial, arbitration, mediation or
administrative proceedings, will be admissible as between the parties to the same extent and under the same conditions as other business records originated and maintained in documentary form. Neither party shall contest the admissibility of copies
of Signed Documents under either the business records exception to the hearsay rule or the best evidence rule on the basis that the Signed Documents were not originated or maintained in documentary form. 
  
  

	 Computer Systems/USA/
 Master External
Manufacturing Agreement

 60342482v1
	 	2
	 	 Version, April 26, 1999 ff
 Rev. September
21, 1999 ff
 Mitac International Corporation

 Exhibit B 
  

Customer Support Provisions 
  

	1.0	Purpose 

  
 To define Supplier’s responsibilities to Sun for in-warranty and out-of-warranty repair support. This document shall be used in conjunction with
Exhibits C and C-1. 
  

	2.0	Scope 

  
 This Exhibit describes Sun Enterprise Services’ requirements for worldwide Product support either by Supplier or by Suppliers authorized third
party(ies). Sun’s goal is to receive Product 100% on time and that such Product meets the quality requirements defined in Exhibit C-1. 
  

	3.0	Definitions 

  

	 	3.1	Bill of Material (“BOM”) shall mean a list of parts or sub-assemblies used to manufacture a Product. 

  

	 	32	Depot Repairable Unit (“DRU”) shall mean a subassembly of Product sent by a Sun Third Party Repair Supplier (“TPRS”) to a Supplier’s depot for repair.

  

	 	3.3	Distribution Center (“DC”) shall mean a third party designated by Sun who processes Product returns on Sun’s behalf. The DC’s shown in Exhibit B-2 consist of 2
types: 

  
 Type A: Performs various services for
Sun but does not have a financial relationship with Supplier. 
  
 Type B: Performs various services for Sun, issues purchase orders and pays invoices for materials purchased for use in the maintenance of Sun Products. A ‘Type B’ DC has a financial relationship with Supplier. 
  

	 	3.4	Engineering Change Order (“ECO”) shall mean the mechanism by which a party notifies the other party of a change to the Product 

  

	 	3.5	Field Replaceable Unit (“FRU”) shall mean a Product or subassemblies thereof which can be replaced at the customer site. 

  

	 	3.6	First Customer Ship (“FCS”) shall mean the initial production shipment of Product by Supplier to Sun. 

  

	 	3.7	No Trouble Found (“NTF”) shall mean Product which Sun has returned as defective but which passes Supplier’s standard test process (as approved by Sun). NTF does not
include Product which incurred any ECO upgrades and/or adjustments by Supplier. 

  

	 	3.8	Product shall mean the Products and FRUs/DRUs listed on Exhibit B-5 as well as new Product later released and confirmed in writing by Supplier via electronic mail or updated price
list. 

  

	 	3.9	Product Specification shall mean the written performance representations, mechanical dimensions and descriptions, electrical and timing requirements, component information, and
configuration for the Product purchased by Sun, whether generated by Sun or Supplier, which have been agreed to in writing by the parties. 

  

	 	3.10	Regional Stocking Location (“RSL”) shall mean Sun or third party facilities designated by Sun which are responsible for storing and processing FRUs.

  

	 	3.11	Repair Service shall mean minor adjustments to Product, repair of defective Product, or provision of Repair or Replacement Product. 

  

	 	3.12	Repaired or Replacement Product shall mean Product of the same model and part number, but not necessarily the same serial number, used to replace defective Products. This Product
can be either new or of a like new condition. 

  

	 	3.13	Return Material Authorization (“RMA”) shall mean the formal authorization from Supplier under which, Sun returns Product for repair or replacement.

  

	 	3.14	Sun Office shall mean a Sun facility listed in Exhibit B-2. 

  

	 Enterprise Services – Global Support Operations
 Corporate Supply Exhibit B – September 21, 1999 HP/ff
 60342482v1
	 	1
	 	 July 16, 2002 ff/CS
 Mitac International Corporation

	 	3.15	Sun shall mean Sun Enterprise Services for the purpose of this Exhibit B. 

  

	 	3.16	Supplier Corrective Action Request (“SCAR”) shall mean Sun’s formal request mechanism for corrective action issued to Supplier. 

  

	 	3.17	Third Party Repair Supplier shall mean a third party who performs repair services for Sun. Sun’s TPRS’s are set forth in Exhibit B-3. 

  

	4.0	Repair Services and Requirements 

  

	 	4.1	At a minimum, Supplier shall maintain, directly or through agents, the fully equipped and staffed facilities specified in Exhibit B-1 to a level sufficient to meet the agreed
performance targets. 

  

	 	4.2	Supplier shall provide Repair Service for Products to Sun Offices, Sun authorized TPRS’s set forth in Exhibit B-3 and DC’s set forth in Exhibit B-2, pursuant to the terms
and pricing stated in this Agreement. Supplier shall deal directly with Sun Offices, TPRS’s and DCs worldwide regarding topics including, but not limited to, RMAs, billing, freight and import/export requirements. 

  

	 	4.3	Supplier agrees to ship Repaired or Replacement Product to Sun within three (3) working days after receipt of Sun’s RMA request; provided however that Repaired or Replacement
Product shipped from Supplier’s Taiwan facility shall be shipped within four (4) working days after issuance of RMA. Product may be supplied from an exchange pool of Product meeting the Product specification provided by Sun and is free from
defect. 

  

	 	4.4	Sun requires 100% on time delivery performance. A SCAR may be issued by Sun, an authorized TPRS or DC, if Supplier’s performance for a location drops below 95%. Supplier will
respond to any SCAR initiated by Sun, a DC or a TPRS through Supplier’s corrective action process, which shall include an action plan within five (5) working days or as otherwise specified in the SCAR. 

  

	 	4.5	For a period of not less than five (5) years after the last delivery of production Product to Sun, (the “Service Period”) Supplier agrees, at Sun’s option, to either
continue manufacture of FRUs and DRUs and provide reasonable quantities of the same to Sun, or to provide Repair Services to Sun, Sun authorized TPRS’s and DCs during the Service Period. 

  

	 	4.6	If Supplier elects to discontinue Repair Service after the expiration of the Service Period, Supplier agrees to provide Sun a minimum of six (6) months advance written notice of
Suppliers intent to discontinue Repair Service. 

  

	 	4.7	Product will be shipped to Sun in a configuration defined by the Product Specifications and BOMs. 

  

	 	4.8	Repaired or Replacement Product will be upgraded by Supplier to the then current Product revision level, to a revision level as documented, or to a product level equivalent to the
latest revision required for the printed circuit board assembly (PCBA). The option of revision update shall be as agreed upon by Sun and Supplier. 

  

	 	4.9	Replacement in Lieu of Return. During the Product’s warranty period, in the event that Sun is not permitted to return defective Product for repair which is located
within restricted government facilities, Supplier will provide Replacement Product to Sun, as required, at no charge to Sun and without a demand for the return of the defective Product by Sun. 

  

	5.0	Sun Enterprise Services Responsibilities 

  

	 	5.1	Sun agrees to use its reasonable efforts to ship defective Product back to Supplier within three (3) working days after receipt of RMA from Supplier. 

  

	 	5.2	Scorecard Process. Sun Enterprise Services contributes information on a monthly basis to the overall Supplier scorecard process. Service is allotted 15 points out of a possible 100
points. Scorecard results are compiled and posted electronically on a quarterly basis. Enterprise Services scorecard reports are generated by Sun for each supplier and the results are utilized for improvement plans, business awards

  

	 Enterprise Services – Global Support Operations
 Corporate Supply Exhibit B – September 21, 1999 HP/ff
 60342482v1
	 	
2	 	 July 16, 2002 ff/CS
 Mitac International Corporation

 and/or supplier disqualification. Scorecard criteria for service includes without limitation: cost,
quality, availability and strategic/technical development. Scorecard criteria weighting will be provided to Supplier by the ES WWOL Supplier Manager. 
  

	 	5.3	Sun will provide all relevant documents listed in Exhibits B and C-1 to Supplier. 

  

	6.0	Reporting 

  

	 	6.1	Reporting requirements may change in accordance with business requirements. Supplier shall be able to generate and provide to Sun a report that details turnaround time exception
data that includes a list of late shipments and causes, reported monthly. 

  

	 	6.2	Additional reports, the format of which will be mutually agreed upon, may be required if Supplier’s performance falls below 95% performance on delivery or quality.

  

	 	6.3	Supplier will provide updates to the following items associated with Repair Services, if applicable, as part of the regularly scheduled meetings between Sun and Supplier.

  

	 	a.	State of the Supplier’s business; 

	 	b.	Any planned expansions, additions or moves; 

	 	c.	Any new state of the art processes being implemented; 

	 	d.	Additional capabilities; 

	 	e.	ISO 9000 certification plan achievement; 

	 	f.	Training for service, both internal and external (Supplier’s contractors); and 

	 	g.	Business accomplishments 

  

	7.0	Price 

  

	 	7.1	There shall be no charge to Sun for any Repair Service (including, but not limited to, labor, material testing or packaging) during the warranty period. 

  

	 	7.2	All costs for out of warranty repair prices, including but not limited to labor, material, testing and packaging, are as shown in Exhibit B-5. 

  

	 	7.3	Repair prices shall not increase for at least one (1) year from termination of the warranty period for the first order of production level units of Product shipped to Sun under this
Agreement. Any subsequent change in pricing shall require written notification to Sun. Any increase will require notification ninety (90) days prior to the effective date and must include justification for the increase. 

  

	 	7.4	FRU pricing and shipping points are set forth in Exhibit B-5. 

  

	8.0	Payment 

  

	 	8.1	Sun shall be liable to pay only for Repair Services, FRUs and DRUB ordered by and invoiced directly to Sun. Sun shall not be liable to pay for any Repair Services, FRUs and DRUs
ordered by DC’s or TPRS’s. Supplier shall determine the creditworthiness of any named DC or TPRS and, with price, quality, warranty and leadtimes determined by this Agreement, shall arrange credit and other terms directly with such
DC’s or TPRS’s. Repair Services ordered by DC’s or TPRS’s for Products shall be added to Sun’s cumulative volume of Repair Services. 

  

	 	8.2	Sun’s purchase order number, Product serial number, RMA number, or other required reference numbers- shall be clearly identified on all correspondence, shipment, and invoice
documentation associated with Repair Services. 

  

	9.0	Freight and Import/Export Fees 

  

	 	9.1	Freight and Import/Export Fees—In Warranty Products. Sun shall pay all freight and associated costs of shipment of defective Product to Supplier. Supplier shall pay all
freight charges, duty, taxes, customs and/or brokerage fees for the shipment of the Repaired or Replacement Product to Sun. All 

  

	 Enterprise Services – Global Support Operations
 Corporate Supply Exhibit B – September 21, 1999 HP/ff
 60342482v1
	 	
3	 	 July 16, 2002 ff/CS
 Mitac International Corporation

 repaired or Replacement Product shall be shipped 2-day air or equivalent method to arrive at its final
‘ destination within two (2) days after shipment by Supplier, provided however that Repaired or Replacement Product shipped from Supplier’s Taiwan facility will be shipped on the next available flight. 
  

	 	9.2	Freight and Import/Export Fees—Out of Warranty Products. Supplier shall pay all freight charges, duty, taxes, customs and/or brokerage fees for shipment of the repaired
or Replacement products to Sun. All Repaired or Replacement Product shall be shipped 2-day air or equivalent method to arrive at its final destination within two (2) days after shipment by Supplier; provided however that Repaired or Replacement
Product shipped from Supplier’s Taiwan facility will be shipped on the next available flight. Sun shall pay all freight charges and related costs of shipment for out of warranty Products to Supplier. 

  

	 	9.3	Expedited Transportation. All Product, whether in or out of warranty, which is past due from the date established by the RMA and tracked in the purchase order shall be
shipped by the most expeditious method at Supplier’s expense. 

  
 10.0 Repair Warranty 
  

	 	10.1	All R-3mepaired or Replacement Products shall be warranted by Supplier to perform in accordance with the applicable Product Specification agreed to in writing by the Supplier and
Sun, and shall be free from defects in material and workmanship as follows: 

  

	 	a.	In warranty: six (6) months from the date of receipt by Sun or for the remainder of the original Product warranty, whichever is greater. 

  

	 	b.	Out of warranty: three (3) months from the date of receipt by Sun. 

  

	 	10.2	Manufacturers’ Warranties (This provision is applicable primarily to turnkey suppliers) 

  
 Manufacturers’ Warranties shall mean the -warranty terms and conditions, whether. negotiated by Supplier or Sun, for
all Product parts purchased by Supplier. Supplier shall either obtain the rights to pass through and shall pass through to Sun all Manufacturers’ Warranties as part of the warranty provisions hereunder, or accept warranty returns from Sun and
administer such returns on Sun’s behalf. Where Supplier negotiates the Manufacturer’s Warranty, Supplier agrees to use its reasonable efforts to secure the most favorable warranty provisions that the Manufacturer offers to its best
customers. Supplier agrees to furnish to Sun the text of all Manufacturers’ Warranties terms upon Sun’s request, including a list of Supplier’s applicable worldwide repair/exchange locations. 
  

	11.0	NTF’s (In and Out of Warranty) 

  

	 	11.1	NTF charges set forth in Exhibit B-4 will apply only in the event that the number of units determined to be NTF exceeds twenty-five percent (25%) of the total returned to Supplier
for repair over a period of time pertaining to a specific Product or Product family, and agreed upon by Sun and Supplier in writing. 

  

	 	11.2	Regardless of whether or not a Product is determined to be NTF or repaired, it must be upgraded to a revision level accepted by Sun. NTF charges do not include the cost of upgrading
any Product to a revision level agreed upon by Sun and Supplier. 

  

	12.0	Inventory Management 

  

	 	12.1	Supplier shall follow adequate procedures for the proper control of Sun inventory. Record keeping shall-include, but not be limited to, the maintenance of accurate, updated records
of the Sun inventory and the use of an inventory tracking system that measures physical inventories, cycle counting, and other adjustments to maintain accuracy. 

  

	 Enterprise Services – Global Support Operations
 Corporate Supply Exhibit B – September 21, 1999 HP/ff
 60342482v1
	 	
4	 	 July 16, 2002 ff/CS
 Mitac International Corporation

	 	12.2	Cycle count results shall be reported by Supplier to Sun within two (2) working days after Sun’s initial request. 

  

	 	12.3	Supplier shall be responsible for all Product inventory variances. If Supplier is unable to reconcile any inventory variance for Products in Supplier’s possession, Supplier
shall be liable for the unaccounted inventory and will: (i) provide Sun a like unit or, (ii) upon Sun’s agreement, give Sun full credit for Sun’s replacement cost of the missing item within thirty (30) days after discovery of the variance.

  

	 	12.4	Supplier shall be responsible and bear the risk of loss for any test equipment, system hardware, and/or bailed materials provided by Sun in support of Product repair. If Supplier is
unable to reconcile any variance in such equipment and/or material, Supplier shall be liable for the unaccounted equipment and will provide Sun a full credit for Sun’s replacement cost of the missing item within thirty (30) days after discovery
of the variance. 

  
 Supplier shall use its best
efforts to provide Sun with a list of all its requirements for equipment unique to Sun’s Products ninety (90) days prior to initiating Product repair support. 
  

	13.0	Third Party Repair 

  

	 	13.1	Sun and Supplier agree that Sun or Sun’s TPRS’s have the right to repair Product and/or FRUs. 

  

	 	132	Supplier agrees to fully authorize and, if required provide at no cost to Sun or its TPRS’s, a royalty free license to enable Sun or Sun approved TPRS’s to perform repair
services at no charge to Sun or its TPRS’s, when: 

  

	 	a.	it is mutually beneficial to Sun and the Supplier, or 

  

	 	b.	Supplier is in default due to failure to meet Sun’s delivery or quality targets consistently over a six (6) month period of time; or 

  

	 	c.	Sun, in its sole opinion, has determined that Supplier’s pricing is no longer cost competitive. 

  

	 	13.3	In the event that Supplier has authorized or licensed Sun’s TPRS’s identified in Exhibit B-3 to perform in-warranty repairs on Supplier’s behalf, Supplier and TPRS
will negotiate in good faith reasonable reimbursement costs to such TPRS’s. 

  

	 	13.4	Upon Sun’s request, Supplier agrees to: (i) furnish Sun or Sun’s TPRS’s with all test/debug diagnostics procedures and all documentation required to repair Product,
(ii) make available to Sun any special tools, fixtures, test equipment and proprietary parts required to repair Product, and (iii) bring repaired Product up to the current Product Specification level. 

  

	 	13.5	Supplier shall provide to Sun a BOM for each FRU identified in Exhibit B-5 within thirty (30) days after authorization or licensing of a TPRS. This list shall include all parts
which Supplier, in its reasonable opinion, has determined are most likely to fail and require replacement through repair, as well as the prices and leadtimes for each item. Parts available commercially will be identified with a full description,
including, but not limited to, original manufacturer’s part number and description, and shall be made available to Sun at Supplier’s contract pricing, leadtimes and any end of life purchase provisions negotiated by Supplier and
Supplier’s vendors. 

  

	 	13.6	Supplier will, at no charge, provide appropriate technical support and training regarding Repair Services for the Products to Sun and/or Sun’s TPRS’s. Such support and
training shall be provided when needed by Sun and/or the TPRS’s in the event (i) a new Product is introduced to the Repair Service and/or (ii) a new TPRS is being qualified by Sun and/or authorized by Supplier, to enable Sun’s TPRS’s
to perform Repair Services to like new condition. 

  

	14.0	Notices 

  
 Any required notices or changes as outlined in this Exhibit B and Exhibit C-1 shall be sent in writing to Sun at: 
  

	 Enterprise Services – Global Support Operations
 Corporate Supply Exhibit B – September 21, 1999 HP/ff
 60342482v1
	 	
5	 	 July 16, 2002 ff/CS
 Mitac International Corporation

	 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
	  	Supplier:	 	Johnson Wang
	 500 Eldorado Blvd., M/S UBRM03-151
	  	 	 	Mitac International Corporation
	 Broomfield, CO 80021
	  	 	 	Science-Based Industrial Park
	 	  	 	 	1, R & D Road 2, Hsinchu
	 Attention: Supplier Management
	  	 	 	Taiwan, R.O.C.
	 	  	 	 	email: Johnson.Wang@mic.com.tw
	 ____________________________
	  	 	 	Ph: 886-3-5645850, ext. 4620

  

	15.0	Insurance 

  
 At its sole cost and expense, Supplier shall carry and maintain insurance as follows: 
  

	 	15.1	Commercial General Liability Insurance covering all operations of Supplier, including but not limited to, products, completed operations and contractual liability, against claims
for personal and bodily injury and property damage with a combined single limit of two million U.S. dollars ($2,000,000). 

  

	 	15.2	Workers Compensation Insurance as required, and with limits to be governed by, the laws of the states or countries in which work is performed, with Employers’ Liability
Coverage with a limit of not less than five hundred thousand U.S. dollars ($500,000) in the United States and the legally required limits in other jurisdictions. 

  

	 	15.3	Automobile Liability Insurance covering bodily injury and property damage arising out of the use by, or on behalf of Supplier, its agents and employees of any owned, non owned or
hired automobile with combined single limits not less than one million U.S. dollars ($1,000,000). 

  

	 	15.4	“All Risks” Property Insurance which covers (a) “Supplier’s Equipment” (defined as any equipment owned, leased or used by Supplier to perform work or
provide services under this Agreement) and            ,(b) “Sun Property” (defined as property in the care, custody and/or control of Supplier which is owned by Sun, including but
not limited to materials in transit to and from Sun facilities). This insurance must (a) provide coverage on a replacement cost basis, (b) include a Waiver of Subrogation for the benefit of Sun, its subsidiary and affiliated companies, directors,
officers, employees and agents with respect to any loss or damage to Supplier’s Equipment and (c) name Sun as a Loss Payee with respect to any loss or damage to Sun Property. 

  
 Supplier shall provide Sun with a Certificate of Insurance showing that the
foregoing insurance policies are in full force and effect and shall name Sun as an additional insured on all liability policies, except 15.2 above. Supplier shall give Sun thirty (30) days written notice before the policy or policies are cancelled
or materially altered. 
  

	16.0	Assignment 

  
 Supplier shall give Sun ninety (90) days written notice of its intent to assign any rights, duties or obligations under this Agreement Any such rights,
duties or obligations may not be assigned in whole or in part without Sun’s prior written consent. Sun’s consent shall not be given until and unless Supplier demonstrates to Sun’s satisfaction that Supplier’s obligations
hereunder will be maintained during and after the assignment, and that the :assignee is. capable of meeting the terms and conditions of this Agreement It is Supplier’s responsibility to ensure that the service levels of this Agreement which
have been assigned or subsequently transferred to an assignee for each Product listed in Exhibit B-5 are met throughout the remainder of the Support Period. 
  

	17.0	Disengagement 

  
 In the event any Sun Office chooses to discontinue the use of Supplier’s Repair Services, the following provisions shall apply: 
  

	 Enterprise Services – Global Support Operations
 Corporate Supply Exhibit B – September 21, 1999 HP/ff
 60342482v1
	 	
6	 	 July 16, 2002 ff/CS
 Mitac International Corporation

	 	17.1	Supplier shall complete the Repair Service for all Products delivered to Supplier for repair on or before the repair completion date specified in the Sun Office’s
discontinuance notice and shall return all Repaired or Replacement Products to the appropriate Sun or Sun authorized DC or TPRS in accordance with the terms of this Exhibit. Returns must be completed prior to the effective date of discontinuance;
and 

  

	 	17.2	Supplier shall appropriately manage and maintain all Products delivered to Supplier for Repair Service after the repair completion date. Supplier shall store all such Products in a
secure, dry, enclosed and segregated area for shipment to Sun on or before the actual date of discontinuance; and 

  

	 	17.3	The Sun-Office(s) shall have no further liability of any kind to Supplier, except to make payment for Repair Services then owing. 

  

	18.0	Extension of Rights and Privileges 

  
 Supplier shall extend the same rights and privileges provided hereunder to DCs and TPRSs. 
  

	19.0	Support 

  

	 	19.1	Technical Support. Supplier shall provide all necessary backline technical support to Sun Customer Technical Escalation (CTE) at no additional cost to Sun.

  

	 	19.2	Product Design and Quality Issue Resolution. Supplier shall implement a quality assurance process to ensure that its Products meet Sun’s quality requirements (Exhibit
C). Should a quality problem arise in the field, Supplier’s service organization shall respond and work with Sun Enterprise Services through the complete resolution of the problem in order to remedy such defect to the mutual satisfaction of Sun
Enterprise Services and Supplier. This shall include, but not be limited to, providing parts and labor at Supplier’s expense to repair/replace the affected Products. The parties agree to negotiate in good faith a plan and resolution for each
individual occurrence. Supplier shall support fix-on-failure or proactive swap-out of Products as needed through increasing buffer stocks at Sun Enterprise Service’s designated locations and Supplier shall reimburse Sun Enterprise Services for
all actual costs incurred. 

  

	 Enterprise Services – Global Support Operations
 Corporate Supply Exhibit B – September 21, 1999 HP/ff
 60342482v1
	 	
7	 	 July 16, 2002 ff/CS
 Mitac International Corporation

 Exhibit B-1 
 Supplier’s Repair Facilities 
  
 Taiwan 
  
 Mitac International Corporation 
  
 No. 1, R&D Road II, Hsinchu Science-Based Industrial Park 
  
 Hsinchu, Taiwan, RO.C. 
  
 Contact: Leo Chang 
  
 Tel: 886-3-5779250, ext 4605 
  
 Fax: 886-3-5781245 
  
 email:
leo.chang@mic.com.tw 
  
 China 
  
 Mitac Distribution & Service Co., Ltd. 
  
 No. 129, Fute North Road, Waigaoqiao Free Trade Zone, 
  
 Shanghai Z1P:200131 
  
 Contact Johnson Wang 
  
 Tel: 86-21-5868-1198, ext. 2000 
  
 Fax: 86-21-5868-1196 
  
 email: johnson.wang@mic.com.tw 
  
 U.S. 
  
 Synnex Information Technologies, Inc. 
  
 42001 Christy Street, Dock #4-6 
  
 Fremont, CA 94538, U.S.A. 
  
 Contact: Louis Danis 
  
 Tel: 510-668-3830 
  
 Fax: 510-668-3964 
  
 email: louisd@synnex.com

  
 UK 
  
 Synnex Information Technology (UK) Ltd. 
  
 Synnex House, Nedge Hill 
  
 Telford Shropshire TF3 3AH 
  
 Contact: Ian Adams

  
 Tel: 44-1952-207345 
  
 Fax: 44-1952-207272 
  
 email: ian.adams@synnexuk.com 
  

	 Enterprise Services – Global Support Operations
 Corporate Supply Exhibit B – September 21, 1999 HP/ff
 60342482v1
	 	
8	 	 July 16, 2002 ff/CS
 Mitac International Corporation

 Exhibit B-2 
  
 Sun Enterprice Services Offices and Distribution Centers 
  

	 Country

	  	 City

	 	 Shipping Address

	  	 Billing to Entity / Address

	  	 Invoice Mailing Address

	
	Americas
					
	 USA
	  	 	 	 Decision One (West)
 2323 Industrial Pkwy
West
 Hayward, CA 94545
 USA
 Contact Nancy Turner
 Ph : (800) 345-7950
 Fax: 510-266-3061
	  	 Decision One (West)
 2323 Industrial Pkwy
West
 Hayward, CA 94545
 USA
 Contact Nancy Turner
 Ph : (800) 345-7950
 Fax: 510-266-3061
	  	 Decision One (West)
 2323 Industrial Pkwy
West
 Hayward, CA 94545
 USA
 Contact Nancy Turner
 Ph : (800) 345-7950
 Fax: 510-266-3061

	
	Europe/Middle East/Africa (EMEA)
					
	 UK
	  	 	 	 Celestica Limited
 Castle Farm
Campus
 Priorslee, Telford Shropshire
 TF2 9SA,
England
 Ph : +44 1952 299000
	  	 Celestica Limited
 Castle Farm
Campus
 Priorslee, Telford Shropshire
 TF2 9SA,
England
 Ph : +44 1952 299000
	  	 Celestica Limited
 Castle Farm
Campus
 Priorslee, Telford Shropshire
 TF2 9SA,
England
 Ph : +44 1952 299000

	
	Asia/Pacific (APAC)
					
	 Japan
	  	Tokyo	 	 Sun Microsystems
 KK Atsugi CS Centre
 3147 Sakai, Atsugi City
 Kanagawa Prefecture
 243-0022 Japan
	  	 Nihon Sun Microsystems KK
 SBS Tower 21
F
 4-10-1 Yoga Setagaya-ku
 Tokyo 1580081 Japan
 Attention : Finance Dept.
	  	 Nihon Sum Microsystems KK
 c/o PCS Peripherals Pte Ltd
 23 Senoko South Road
 Singapore 758080
 Attention : Finance Dept.

					
	 Singapore
	  	Singapore	 	 Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
 c/o DHL
International (S) Pte Ltd
 No: 9, Tai Seng Drive
 #04-01 HESHE Building, Singapore
	  	 Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
 1
Magazine Road
 #07-01/13 Central Mall
 Singapore
059567
 Attention : Ms Tay Peng Ching
	  	 Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
 c/o PCS
Peripherals Pte Ltd
 23 Senoko South Road
 Singapore 758080
Attention : Finance Dept.

					
	 China
 (Greater
 China)
	  	Beijing	 	 Beijing OSIC Computer Workstation S.C.
 3FL
No. 105 Lize Middle Garden
 Wangjing, Chaoyang District Beijing P.R. China, Postcode 100102
	  	 Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
 1
Magazine Road
 #07-01/13 Central Mall
 Singapore
059567
 Attention : Ms Tay Peng Ching
	  	 Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd c/o PCS Peripherals Pte Ltd 23 Senoko South Road Singapore 758080
 Attention : Finance Dept.

  

	 Enterprise Services Global Support Operations
 Corporate Supply Exhibit B – September 21, 1999 HP/ff
 60342482v1
	 	
9 	 	 July 16, 2002 ff/CS 
 Mitac International Corporation

	 Country

	  	City

	  	 Shipping Address

	  	 Billing to Entity / Address

	  	 Invoice Mailing Address

	China
(Greater
China)	  	Hong
Kong	  	 Microsystems of California Ltd.
 c/o DHL
International (Hong Kong) Ltd
 Global Gateway, 3rd Floor
 Unit 1
& 2 168 Yeung Uk Road
 Tsuen Wan
 New Territories, Hong
Kong
	  	 Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
 1 Magazine
Road
#07-01/13 Central Mall Singapore 059567
 Attention: Ms Tay Peng Ching
	  	 Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
 c/o PCS Peripherals
Pte Ltd
 23 Senoko South Road
 Singapore 758080
 Attention: Finance Dept.

					
	 India
	  	Banglaore	  	 Sun Microsystems India PVT. Ltd
c/o Rolex Logistics International Unit: Central Logistics Centre –
 Sun Microsystems
#8 Palm Grove, Victoria Layout
Austin Town Banglaore – 5600047
Banglaore, India
	  	 Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
1 Magazine Road
 #07-01/13 Central Mall
Singapore 059567
 Attention: Ms Tay Peng Ching
	  	 Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
c/o PCS Peripherals Pte Ltd 23 Senoko South Road Singapore 758080
 Attention: Finance Dept.

					
	 Korea
	  	Seoul	  	 Sun Microsystems Korea Ltd.
 c/o Samwon Int
Co.
 29-2,6-Ka, Yangpyong-Dong
 Youngdeungpo-Ku
Seoul,
Korea
	  	 Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
1 Magazine Road
 #07-01/13 Central Mall
Singapore 059567
 Attention: Ms Tay Peng Ching
	  	 Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
c/o PCS Peripherals Pte Ltd 23 Senoko South Road Singapore 758080
 Attention: Finance Dept.

					
	 Malaysia
	  	Kuala
Lumpur	  	 Sun Microsystems Pte. Ltd.
c/o Sitt Tatt Logistics
 43-44 Lengkuk Keluli 1
Kawasan Perindustrian Bukit Raja Selatan
(Bukit Raja South Industrial Area)
Seksyen 7, 40000 Shah Alam
	  	 Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
1 Magazine Road
 #07-01/13 Central Mall
Singapore 059567
 Attention: Ms Tay Peng Ching
	  	 Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
c/o PCS Peripherals Pte Ltd 23 Senoko South Road Singapore 758080
 Attention: Finance Dept.

					
	 Taiwan
	  	Taipei	  	 Sun Microsystems Taiwan
 c/a Amigo Logistics Corporation
 No.18, Ding-Hwu 5 St.
Kuei-Shan, Tao-Yuan,
 Taiwan R.O.C.
	  	 Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
1 Magazine Road
 #07-01/13 Central Mall
Singapore 059567
 Attention: Ms Tay Peng Ching
	  	 Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
 c/o PCS
Peripherals Pte Ltd 23 Senoko South Road Singapore 758080
 Attention: Finance Dept.

  

	 Enterprise Services –Global Support Operations
 Corporate Supply Exhibit B – September 21, 1999 HP/ff
60342482v1
	 	
10	 	 July 16, 2002 ff/CS
 Mitac International
Corporation

	 Country

	 	 City

	 	 Shipping Address

	 	 Billing to Entity / Address

	 	 Invoice Mailing Address

	 Thailand
	 	Bangkok	 	 Sun Microsystems Pte. Ltd.
 c/o Eagle Global
Logistics (TH) Limited
 313 Soi Chockchaijongjamroen,
 Rama 3
Rd.
 Bangpongpang,Yannawa, Bangkok 10120, Thailand
	 	 Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
 1 Magazine
Road
 #07-01/13 Central Mall
 Singapore 059567
 Attention: Ms Tay Peng Ching
	 	 Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
 c/o PCS Peripherals
Pte Ltd
 23 Senoko South Road Singapore 758080
 Attention:
Finance Dept.

					
	 Australia
	 	Sydney	 	 Sun Microsystems
 c/o DHL International
(Aust) Pty Ltd
 Unit 20, Discovery Cove Industrial Estate
 1801
Botany Road, Botany
 Sydney 2019 NSW Australia
 Attention: Steve Partridge
	 	 Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
 1 Magazine
Road
 #07-01/13 Central Mall
 Singapore 059567
 Attention: Ms Tay Peng Ching
	 	 Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
 c/o PCS Peripherals
Pte Ltd
 23 Senoko South Road Singapore 758080
 Attention:
Finance Dept.

					
	 New Zealand
	 	Aukland	 	 Sun Microsystems c/o DHL International (N.Z.) Ltd.
 Cnr Laurence Stevens & Hape Drive
 Auckland International Airport
 Auckland, NZ
	 	 Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
 1 Magazine
Road
 #07-01/13 Central Mall
 Singapore 059567
 Attention: Ms Tay Peng Ching
	 	 Sun Microsystems Pte Ltd
 c/o PCS Peripherals
Pte Ltd
 23 Senoko South Road Singapore 758080
 Attention:
Finance Dept.

  

	 Enterprise Services –Global Support Operations
 Corporate Supply Exhibit B – September 21, 1999 HP/ff
60342482v1
	 	
11	 	 July 16, 2002 ff/CS
 Mitac International
Corporation

 Exhibit B-3 
  
 Sun Enterprise Services Third Party Repair Suppliers 
  
 Celestica Japan Repair Services Inc. 
 450-3
Higashi Shinmachi 
 OTA-SHI, Gunma-Pre 
 Japan 373-0015

 Contact: Y Kawashima 
 Email: yuji_kawashima@celestica.com

 Ph : 81-2-7637-6711 
  
  

	 Enterprise Services – Global Support Operations
 Corporate Supply Exhibit B – September 21, 1999 HP/ff
 60342482v1
	 	
12	 	 July 16, 2002 ff/CS
 Mitac International Corporation

 Exhibit B-4 
  
 NTF Charges 
  
 The NTF charges are as follows: 
  
 $20 Motherboard 
 $20 Hard Disk Drive 
 $ 5 Power Supplies 
 $ 5 Floppy Drive 
 $5 CDROM

 $40 FJ-lite system level 
  

	 Enterprise Services – Global Support Operations
 Corporate Supply Exhibit B – September 21, 1999 HP/ff
 60342482v1
	 	
1	 	 July 16, 2002 ff/CS
 Mitac International Corporation

 Exhibit B-5 
  
 Out of Warranty Pricing 
  
 (Refer to attached file) 
  
  

	 Enterprise Services – Global Support Operations
 Corporate Supply Exhibit B – September 21, 1999 HP/ff
 60342482v1
	 	
2	 	 Rev. July 16, 2002 ff/CS
 Mitac International Corporation

 Exhibit B-5 
 Out of Warranty Repair Cost 
  

	 Sun Part Number

	  	 Description

	  	 Repair Cost
 (Updated 7/02)

	  	Freight
Cost

	  	TTL
O.O.W.
Pricing

	  	 Warranty
 Duration

	 DARWIN
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 F370-3159-01
	  	FDD	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F370-3162-02
	  	Power Supply	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F370-3168-01
	  	Fan; Otter	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F370-3169-01
	  	Fan; Sealion	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F370-3170-01
	  	Speaker; Otter	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F370-3171-02
	  	Power Supply	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F370-3176-01
	  	HDD 4.3GB 4500RPM	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F370-3196-03
	  	Riser Card; Otter	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F370-3197-02
	  	Riser Card	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F370-3198-01
	  	DIMM 32MB 60NS	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F370-3199-01
	  	DIMM 64MB 60NS	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F370-3200-01
	  	DIMM 128MB 60NS	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F370-3201-01
	  	DIMM 256MB 60NS	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F370-3264-01
	  	Speaker; Sealion	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F370-3266-01
	  	Cable Kit; Otter	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F370-3267-02
	  	Cable Kit; Sealion	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F370-3319-01
	  	CD ROM 24X	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F370-3689-01
	  	Front panel; Otter	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F370-3690-01
	  	Front panel; Sealion	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F370-4101-01
	  	CD FILLER	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F375-0009-10
	  	Motherboard	  	$85.00	  	$10.00	  	$95.00	  	13 months
	 F501-5039-03
	  	Sabre 270	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F501-5040-04
	  	Sabre 300	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F501-5090-02
	  	Sabre 333	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 DARWIN+
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 F370-3692-01
	  	HDD 4.3GB 5400RPM	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F370-3693-01
	  	HDD 9.1GB	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F370-3694-02
	  	CD ROM 32X	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F370-3721-01
	  	HDD Bracket	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F370-3796-02
	  	DIMM 32MB 50NS	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F370-3797-02
	  	DIMM 64MB 50NS	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F370-3798-02
	  	DIMM 128MB 50NS	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F370-3799-02
	  	DIMM 256MB 50NS	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F375-0066-05
	  	Motherboard	  	$85.00	  	$10.00	  	$95.00	  	13 months
	 F501-5222-02
	  	Sabre 360	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 EINSTEIN
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 F370-3863-02
	  	HDD 8.4GB	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F370-3982-01
	  	U10 Riser Card w/Stif	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F370-4212-01
	  	FRU, SPEAKER, ULTRA	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F375-0079-06
	  	Motherboard	  	$85.00	  	$10.00	  	$95.00	  	13 months
	 F375-0115-05
	  	Motherboard	  	$85.00	  	$10.00	  	$95.00	  	13 months
	 F501-5148-04
	  	Sapphire 360	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F501-5149-08
	  	Sapphire 440	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F501-5150-06
	  	Sapphire 480	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F501-5568-02
	  	Sapphire 333	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F501-5741/42-01
	  	Sapphire 400	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F525-1817-01
	  	NVRAM	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F540-4228-01
	  	U10 Riser Card w/Stif & Bra	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 EINSTEIN REFRESH
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 F370-4325-01
	  	POWER SUPPLY 250W A-PFC	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F370-4326-01
	  	POWER SUPPLY 250W A-PFC	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F370-4327-01/02/03
	  	HARD DISK DRIVE, 20GB, (ST320011A)	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4353-02
	  	FRU, 48XCD, BEIGE BEZEL	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F375-3060-01
	  	FRU; MB Einstein-R	  	$85.00	  	$10.00	  	$95.00	  	13 months
	 F240-4142-01
	  	FRU; EMI Clip, Einstein-R	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F370-4995-01
	  	FRU; U10 EMI Cable Kit	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 PENGUIN
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 F370-3800-01
	  	PCI,64M, DIM, PC100, SDRAM	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F370-3801-01
	  	PCI,128M, DIM, PC100, SDRAM	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F375-0075-02
	  	OEM BOARD SUNPCI 64MB 300M	  	$85.00	  	$10.00	  	$95.00	  	13 months
	 PENGUIN
	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 
	 F375-0095-02
	  	OEM BOARD SUNPCI 64MB 400M	  	$85.00	  	$10.00	  	$95.00	  	13 months

  

	 Enterprise Services – Global Support Operations
 Corporate Supply Exhibit B – September 21, 1999 HP/ff 
 60342482v1
	 	1
	 	 Rev. July 16, 2002 ff/CS 
 Mitac
International Corporation

 Out of Warranty Repair Cost 
  

	 Sun Part Number

	  	 Description

	  	Repair Cost
(Updated 7/02)

	  	Freight
Cost

	  	TTL
O.O.W.
Pricing

	  	Warranty
Duration

	 CORONA

	 F380-0428-02/03
	  	MAIN UNIT, CORONA	  	Scrap	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	36 months
	 F600-6166-02
	  	SYSTEM, CORONA	  	Scrap	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	36 months
	 ANDROMEDA

	 F370-3918-01
	  	BASE, CORONA	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F380-0299-08/09
	  	MAIN UNIT, ANDROMERA	  	Scrap	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	36 months
	 F600-6166-04
	  	SYSTEM, ANDROMERA	  	Scrap	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	36 months
	 CHIMERA

	 F370-4294-01
	  	FRU, ASSY, SUN PC12, 128MB MEM	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F375-0131-03
	  	ASSY, SUNPCI VER2, 64M	  	$80.00	  	$	10.00	  	$	90.00	  	13 months
	 CHIMERA+

	 F370-4295-01
	  	FRU, ASSY, SUN PC12, 256MB MEM	  	Scrap	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4430-01
	  	FRU, ASSY, SUN PC12+, 512MB MEM	  	Scrap	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F375-3051-02
	  	ASSY, SUNPCI VER2+, 128M	  	$80.00	  	$	10.00	  	$	90.00	  	13 months
	 TOPDOG

	 F375-0088-04
	  	ASSY, PKG, TOPDOG, 300	  	$80.00	  	$	10.00	  	$	90.00	  	13 months
	 GROVER

	 F100-6471-05
	  	HUMMINGBIRD 500 with HEATSINK	  	Scrap	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F100-6889-01
	  	NVRAM	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F100-7270-01
	  	DMOS5 w/heatsink and washer	  	Scrap	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F100-7270-02
	  	HPTXZ w/heatsink and washer	  	Scrap	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F370-3933-05
	  	SMART CARD READER	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F370-4149-01
	  	MEMORY 128 MB	  	Scrap	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4150-01
	  	MEMORY 256MB	  	Scrap	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4151-01
	  	MEMORY 512MB	  	Scrap	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4152-01
	  	CD ROM 48X	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4153-01
	  	DVD 12X	  	Scrap	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4154-01
	  	HDD 15GB	  	Scrap	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4206-01
	  	POWER SUPPLY	  	Scrap	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4207-01
	  	FAN	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	Non RMA Item
	 F370-4208-01
	  	RISER CARD	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4209-01
	  	CABLE KIT	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4210-01
	  	POWER SWITCH	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4211-01
	  	FDD	  	Scrap	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4293-01
	  	SPEAKER	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4439-01
	  	16X DVD, GROVER REFRESH	  	Scrap	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F375-0096-07
	  	Motherboard	  	$80.00	  	$	10.00	  	$	90.00	  	13 months
	 F375-3061-02
	  	Motherboard	  	$80.00	  	$	10.00	  	$	90.00	  	13 months
	 F375-3123-01
	  	Motherboard	  	$80.00	  	$	10.00	  	$	90.00	  	13 months
	 F798-3653-01
	  	FRU	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 BIRDSNEST LITE

	 F375-0128-02
	  	MOTHER BOARD	  	$80.00	  	$	10.00	  	$	90.00	  	12 months
	 F375-0138-03
	  	PMC CARD	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	12 months
	 FLAPJACK2

	 F100-6889-01
	  	NV RAM	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F240-3953-01
	  	FRONT FLANGE ASSY	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F300-1488-03
	  	POWER SUPPLY AC	  	Scrap	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F300-1489-02
	  	POWER SUPPLY DC	  	Scrap	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F330-3189-01
	  	PCI SLIDING RETAINER	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F340-6830-01
	  	PCI BLANKING PANEL	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F340-6839-01
	  	DRIVE BAY PANELS	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F340-6840-01
	  	PCI FIXING BRACKET	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4237-01
	  	MEMORY 256MB	  	Scrap	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4278-01
	  	CD ROM 24X	  	Scrap	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4281-01
	  	MEMORY 512MB	  	Scrap	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4284-01
	  	FAN	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4285-02
	  	SMART CARD	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4290-01 
	  	SMART CARD READER + LED	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4344-01
	  	CD ROM CABLE + PADDLE BOARD	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4352-01
	  	Impingement Fan (Heatsink)	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F375-0132-03
	  	Motherboard	  	$115.00	  	$	10.00	  	$	125.00	  	13 months
	 F530-3023-01
	  	SMART CARD CABLE	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F540-2093-01
	  	CABLE FOR QFE	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F540-4742-01
	  	FRONT BEZEL	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months
	 F540-4757-01
	  	TOP COVER W/CAPTIVE SCREW	  	Consumable	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	13 months

  

	 Enterprise Sevices – Global Support Operations
 Corporate Supply Exhibit B – September 21, 1999 HP/ff
 60342482vl
	 	2
	 	 Rev. July 16, 2002 ff/CS
 Mitac International
Corporation

	 Out of Warranty Repair Cost

	 Sun Part Number

	  	 Description

	  	Repair Cost
(Updated 7/02)

	  	Freight
Cost

	  	TTL
O.O.W.
Pricing

	  	 Warranty
Duration

	 F540-5014-01
	  	DVD ROM	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F560-2570-01
	  	SPARE, SERIAL CONN KIT	  	Consumable	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	
	 FLAP JACK LITE 400

	 F370-4289-01
	  	SDRAM, 128MB	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F370-4365-01
	  	HDD, 20GB	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F600-7084-02
	  	ASSY, 400MHZ, 128MB, 20GB, AC	  	$194.00	  	$25.00	  	$219.00	  	13 months
	 F600-7085-02
	  	ASSY, 400MHZ, 512MB, 20GB, AC	  	$198.00	  	$25.00	  	$223.00	  	13 months
	 F600-7097-02
	  	ASSY, 400MHZ, 1GB,2* 20GB, AC	  	$223.00	  	$25.00	  	$248.00	  	13 months
	 F600-7395-01
	  	ASSY, 400MHZ, 2GB,2* 20GB, AC	  	$214.00	  	$25.00	  	$239.00	  	13 months
	
	 FLAPJACK LITE 500

	 F370-4419-01
	  	HDD, 40GB	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	 F600-7295-01
	  	ASSY, 500MHZ, 128MB, 40GB, AC	  	$205.00	  	$25.00	  	$230.00	  	13 months
	 F600-7296-01
	  	ASSY, 500MHZ, 512MB, 40GB, AC	  	$209.00	  	$25.00	  	$234.00	  	13 months
	 F600-7297-01
	  	ASSY, 500MHZ, 1GB,2* 40GB, AC	  	$215.00	  	$25.00	  	$240.00	  	13 months
	 F600-7298-01
	  	ASSY, 500MHZ, 2GB,2* 40GB, AC	  	$248.00	  	$25.00	  	$273.00	  	13 months
	
	 FLAPJACK LITE CD 500

	 600-7881-01
	  	ASSY, 500MHZ, 128MB, 40GB, AC	  	$205.00	  	$25.00	  	$230.00	  	13 months
	 600-7882-01
	  	ASSY, 500MHZ, 512MB, 40GB, AC	  	$209.00	  	$25.00	  	$234.00	  	13 months
	 600-7883-01
	  	ASSY, 500MHZ, 1GB,2* 40GB, AC	  	$237.00	  	$25.00	  	$262.00	  	13 months
	 600-7884-01
	  	ASSY, 500MHZ, 2GB,2* 40GB, AC	  	$248.00	  	$25.00	  	$273.00	  	13 months
	
	 Guava FRU PRICE

	 F370-4362-02
	  	ASSY, VGA/GRAPHIC CARD, GUAVA	  	Scrap	  	—	  	—	  	13 months
	
	 Indy 500 DAS FRU PRICE

	 F540-5199-01
	  	ASY, NETRA SVC PROCESSOR, S/W Indy500-DAS	  	$209.00	  	$25.00	  	$234.00	  	13 months

 Note: Pricings do not include 
 1.  additional rework related to ECO rework issued by Sun. 
 2.  FRUs returned to Mitac with parts missing that Mitac has to replace as a result. 
  
  

	 Enterprise Services – Global Support Operations
 Corporate Supply Exhibit B – September 21, 1999 HP/ff
 60342482v1
	 	3
	 	 Rev. July 16, 2002 ff/CS
 Mitac International
Corporation

 EXHIBIT C-1 
  
 CUSTOMER SUPPORT QUALITY REQUIREMENT 
  

	1.0	Purpose 

  
 This exhibit defines Sun’s requirements for Supplier’s repair quality program and Supplier’s responsibilities for testing and repairing
Products for Sun. This document will be used in conjunction with Exhibits B and C. For the purpose of this Exhibit C-1, Sun shall mean Sun’s Enterprise Services Division. 
  

	2.0	Scope 

  
 This exhibit describes Sun’s quality requirements for worldwide repair of Product either by Supplier or by Supplier’s authorized third
party(ies). Sun’s goal is to receive Products from Supplier which are defect free, therefore Sun will measure Supplier to an average monthly or quarterly yield of 99.8%. This exhibit specifies the Supplier processes required in support of this
goal. 
  

	3.0	Applicable Documents 

  

	 Title:

	  	Sun Part Number:

	 Engineering Specification for Part Identification Label
	  	950-1419-XX
	 Bar Code Marking Standard for Field Replaceable Units
	  	950-1037-XX
	 WWOL Labeling and Packaging Procedure for Repaired FRUs
	  	910-2640-XX
	 WWOPS: Global Cosmetics Quality and Workmanship Standards
	  	923-2001-XX
	 Supplier Repair Data Reporting Specification
	  	ENG0008
	 Worldwide Multiple Return Policy
	  	EN00009

  

	4.0	Supplier Process Requirements 

  

	 	4.1	Labeling / Packaging 

  
 Supplier shall comply with the requirements specified in 950-1419-XX “Engineering Specification for Part Identification Label,” 950-1037-XX
“Bar Code Marking Standard for Field Replaceable Units” and 9102640-XX “WWOL Labeling and Packaging Procedure for Repaired FRUs” for all reworked/repaired FRUs or new units shipped to replace field failures. 
  

	 	4.2	Cosmetics 

  
 Supplier shall comply with the requirements specified in 923-2001-XX “WWOPS: Global Cosmetics Quality and Workmanship Standards.” 
  

	 	4.3	Functional Performance 

  
 Functional performance is defined in the Specifications corresponding to the Sun FRU part numbers identified in Exhibit B-5 or in the system level
specifications. 
  

	 	4.4	Self Surveillance 

  
 Supplier shall implement, within its facility, a means of tracking, analyzing, and continuously improving post process quality results, subject to
approval by Sun. This may take the form of final inspection or end of line/out of box audit Results will be reported at least monthly as defined in Section 4.10. Supplier will correlate results to all other pertinent data including source/receiving
inspection results provided by Sun, and 
  

	 Enterprise Services — Global Support Operations
 July 7, 1999
 60342482v1 

	 	1	 	 Mitac International Corporation
 December 20,
2000 ff/KT

 multiple returns and take appropriate corrective actions. 
  

	 	4.5	Multiple Returns 

  
 Supplier shall have the capability to recognize, monitor, analyze and take corrective action on returned Product which has previously been repaired by
Supplier or Supplier authorized third party(ies). Sun and Supplier shall agree on a means to measure performance in this area and report as defined in Section 4.7. 
  
 For in warranty Product returned with a similar failure symptom reported by Sun or the Supplier’s testing for the third
time, Sun shall have the option of requiring replacement of the defective unit at no cost to Sun. 
  

	 	4.6	Root Cause Failure Analysis 

  
 Supplier shall have the capability to perform root cause analysis and report findings in a timely manner, as stated in the request. Capability shall also
exist which enables the effective capture and routing of Product requiring root cause analysis from identified defects or customer requests. Notification of the need for a root cause analysis may come from many sources, e.g. email, voice mail, fax
and may come before or after authorization to return Product for repair. 
  

	 	4.7	Supplier Corrective Action Request (SCAR) 

  
 Supplier shall maintain a Closed Loop Corrective Action (CLCA) process for reactive events (defects) as well as continuous improvement efforts. Any
Supplier Corrective Action Request (SCAR) issued by Sun will be addressed by Supplier within Supplier’s CLCA process. SCARs may be issued as a result of, but not limited to, an audit finding, quality defect, process failure. Supplier will
respond to SCARS per the time frames specified in the SCAR. 
  

	 	4.8	Stop Ships and Purges 

  
 Supplier shall notify Sun in writing of any discrepancy in Product quality which may have a detrimental effect on previously shipped Product or result in
a stop ship or purge. Supplier will make recommendations regarding the disposition of this material and Supplier agrees, at Sun’s request, to sort and rework all material at Sun locations, or make replacement material readily available for
exchange. All costs associated with stop ship and purge activity, caused by Supplier, will be borne by Supplier. 
  

	 	4.9	Scrap 

  
 If Scrap costs are not the sole responsibility of Supplier, Supplier shall request approval for recommended disposition of material as scrap. All material that is pending disposition shall be segregated from good
stock and placed in a holding location. Upon receipt of written instruction from Sun, Supplier shall: 
  

	 	a.	Ship the scrap Sun material to the Sun designated location; or 

  

	 	b.	Destroy said material and provide Sun a Certificate of Destruction. 

  

	 	4.10	Reports and Data 

  
 4.10.1   Supplier shall submit a monthly quality report covering three distinct categories: 
     • Receiving and/or source inspection performed and reported by Sun. 
     • Self surveillance by Supplier (see Section 4.4). 
  

	 Enterprise Services — Global Support Operations
 July 7, 1999
 60342482v1 

	 	2	 	 Mitac International Corporation
 December 20,
2000 ff/KT

   • Multiple returns (see Section 4.5). 
  
   For each of these categories, the report shall
include: 
  
   • Performance trend.

   • Pareto analysis of defects based on root cause determination. 
   • Listing and status of suitable corrective actions, recovery plans and/or improvement plans. 
   • Detail by serial number of defects and associated analysis. 
  
 Supplier is responsible for correlation analysis across the three
categories in order to identify common issues. The report shall be summarized at the worldwide level and ‘delineated as appropriate to clearly identify areas requiring corrective action. 
  
 4.10.2    Supplier shall comply with the
requirements specified in Supplier Repair Data Reporting Specification ENG0008. 
  
 4.10.3    If requested, Supplier shall provide additional available information for any given serial number.

  

	4.11    Change 	of Notification 

  
 4.11.1     Repair Process 
  
 In the event the Supplier desires to change the fundamental repair process in such a way that may impact form, fit,
function, quality, reliability, serviceability, or safety, Supplier shall notify Sun in writing within a reasonable period (no less than 30 days) prior to the effectivity date. Examples of changes which require notification include but are not
limited to: 
  
   • Major test
equipment or procedures 
   • Major repair processes 
   • Bum-in time of environment 
   • Repair locations 
   • Final acceptance criteria 
   • Packaging 
   • Relayout or relocation of a repair line within a facility 
   • Cosmetic criteria 
  
 Supplier agrees to provide verbal notification to the Sun Supplier Engineer, within ten (10) working days of all other process changes that do not affect
form, fit, function, serviceability or safety. 
  
 Supplier
shall implement such changes in the process only if collected data verifies that quality and reliability levels would be sustained or improved. Said data will be made available for Sun review upon request. 
  
 4.11.2    Engineering Change Orders
(ECOs) 
  
 Supplier shall have the capability to manage
Engineering Change Orders (ECOs). This capability shall be managed throughout all repair and stocking locations and implemented in a timely manner. Supplier shall notify Sun in writing, at least thirty (30) days prior to implementing any change to
the Product that may impact form, fit, function, quality, reliability, serviceability, or safety. 
  
 Upon Sun’s request, Supplier will provide documentation, tools and parts needed to implement ECOs 
  

	 Enterprise Services — Global Support Operations
 July 7, 1999
 60342482v1 

	 	3	 	 Mitac International Corporation
 December 20,
2000 ff/KT

 at Sun or Sun’s third party repair suppliers (TPRSs). 
  

	 	4.12	Process Commonality 

  
 Supplier shall have the capability to control and make common across ail repair locations, any and all processes that could affect Product quality or the
fulfillment of Sun requirements. These processes may include but are not limited to: 
  
 • Configuration control 
 • Minimum acceptable level 
 • Test equipment and software 
 •
Process instructions Labeling 
 • Closed loop corrective action (CLCA) 
 • Packaging 
 • Inspection criteria

 • Finished goods and raw inventory planning 
 • ECO implementation 
 • Continuous improvement 
 • Process change control 
 •
Deviations 
 • Stop ships/purges 
  

	 	4.13	Quality System 

  
 Supplier shall maintain a documented quality system similar to the requirements set forth in the ISO 9002 standard. The intent of this quality system is
to provide for business and repair processes which are repeatable, sustainable and capable of meeting Sun’s quality, cost and delivery goals. 
  

	5.0	Source Inspection 

  
 Sun may elect to source inspect Product at Supplier’s facility in order to establish a reasonable confidence level in the Supplier’s Product and
processes. Source inspection will be initiated or terminated at Sun’s option. Supplier shall permit a Sun employee or representative to perform this inspection on pre-packaged finished units. Supplier shall assist the source inspector in
unpacking, staging, inspecting, testing and re-packaging units. Supplier shall provide a reasonable environment in which to perform this work. 
  
 Acceptance at source inspection does not limit Supplier’s responsibilities for Product failures. 
  
 If quality results as measured by source or receiving inspection fail to meet
the goal of 99.8% acceptance for a three month period, Sun may require that Supplier pay all costs associated with source inspection at the Supplier’s site until results again rise above 99.8% for a three month period. 
  

	6.0	Sun Audit Programs 

  

	 	6.1	Initial Facility Qualification 

  
 Sun may require an initial facility qualification audit prior to permitting shipment of repaired Product. This audit will cover all repair and business
processes. Prior to the audit, Supplier is required to complete the Sun Audit Questionnaire. 
  

	 Enterprise Services — Global Support Operations
 July 7, 1999
 60342482v1 

	 	4	 	 Mitac International Corporation
 December 20,
2000 ff/KT

	 	6.2	Biennial Survey 

  
 Sun may perform qualification audits of each repair site every other year. This audit will cover all repair and business processes. Prior to the audit,
Supplier is required to complete the Sun Audit Questionnaire, which will be provided by Sun. 
  

	 	6.3	Move and/or New Product Introduction Audit 

  
 If Supplier moves a repair line, a repair facility, or starts up a new Product repair line in a previously qualified facility, Sun will permit shipment of
repaired Product from that facility only upon Sun’s written approval. In most cases, Sun will require an on site audit of the facility prior to providing approval. 
  

	 	6.4	Random Audits 

  
 Sun may at any time conduct an audit of Supplier’s facility during normal business hours to determine compliance with Sun’s requirements.

  
  

	 Enterprise Services — Global Support Operations
 July 7, 1999
 60342482v1 

	 	5	 	 Mitac International Corporation
 December 20,
2000 ff/KT

 EXHIBIT D 
  

RESIDENT SUPPLIER PROGRAM 
  
 WHEREAS Sun and Supplier have entered the Agreement dated September 28, 1999 whereby Supplier was to perform certain assembly services for Sun, and 
  
 WHEREAS Sun desires that Supplier provide the services of a full time employee of Supplier
who will reside at the facilities of Sun to perform certain services for Sun and Supplier detailed in the Statement of Work, and 
  
 WHEREAS Supplier is willing to provide the services of such an employee without additional compensation. 
  
 NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the following promises, covenants and representations, the parties agree as follows: 
  

	l.	Resident Supplier. Supplier shall, through an employee designated by Supplier (herein “RSP”), perform the services (herein the “Services”) described in
the Statement of Work, attached hereto as Exhibit D-l and incorporated herein by reference. The RSP shall be resident at a Sun site(s) designated by Sun. 

  

	2.	Sun’s Obligation. Sun shall provide the RSP with office space which shall include access to a telephone, facsimile machine, a Sun workstation and necessary
administrative support. Sun shall provide the RSP access to such information and personnel of Sun as is necessary to permit the RSP to perform the services set out in the Statement of Work. 

  

	3.	Relationship of Parties. The RSP shall remain at all times an employee of Supplier. The RSP may perform the Services under the general direction of Sun, but Supplier shall be
responsible for the actions and decisions of the RSP, except to the extent that the RSP relied, in good faith, on the specific direction or instructions of Sun or the information provided by Sun, in performing the services. Supplier shall be solely
responsible for all employee decisions with regard to the RSP including, but not limited to, performance reviews, promotions, disciplinary action and termination 

  

	4.	Liability of Supplier for RSP. 

  

	 	4.1.	The RSP role is a critical position in ensuring successful planning and execution for Sun and Supplier, therefore Supplier’s management shall actively monitor the role of the
RSP and the individual(s) filling this role, to ensure that risk and opportunity, e.g. material exposure, potential excess and obsolete liability, is diligently evaluated and approved at appropriate management levels within Supplies organization and
that suitable internal processes are developed to support and assist the RSP(s). 

  

	 	4.2.	The RSP shall observe the working hours, working rules and holiday schedule of Sun while working on Sun’s premises. If Sun reasonably determines that the presence of the RSP is
detrimental to the progress of the work performed under the Agreement Supplier shall replace such person with a properly qualified person, reasonably acceptable to Sun, as soon as is reasonably practical. 

  

	 	4.3.	Supplier shall be responsible for all salary and benefits owed to the RSP and the payment of any and all payroll or other taxes due as a result of the performance of the Services by
the RSP. Supplier acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent required by law, it is die responsibility of Supplier to report as income all compensation received by the RSP and Supplier shall indemnify and hold harmless Sun from any obligation to
pay any sales or withholding taxes, social security, unemployment or disability insurance or similar charges or imposts, including any interest or penalties thereon, in connection with any payment made to the RSP. 

  

	 	4.4.	Supplier shall, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Sun, its officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys from and against any claims or actions suffered by or claimed to be
suffered by the RSP while performing the Services for Sun or while in, on, or about Sun’s premises. 

  

	 October 27, 1998
 60342482v1
	 	1
	 	Mitac International Corporation

	 	4.5.	Supplier shall at all times comply with all applicable law in the performance of the Services. It is expressly agreed that Supplier is an independent contractor, and neither
Supplier nor the RSP is an employee or agent of Sun and have no authority to bind Sun by contract or otherwise. 

  

	5.	Consideration. Supplier shall receive no additional compensation or consideration for the Services performed by the RSP as provided herein. 

  

	6.	Confidential Information. The parties hereto acknowledge that, in the course of performing the Services hereunder, the RSP will be exposed to certain information and data,
which may be disclosed orally, in writing or by other media, and that such information may not be labelled or identified as confidential or proprietary information of Sun at the time of disclosure or discovery. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all
information, data, records, reports and other information, however designated or described, to which the RSP may be exposed while performing the Services or otherwise while on Sun’s premises, shall be considered the confidential and proprietary
information of Sun and shall be subject to the obligations of confidentiality set out is the Agreement and the Confidential Disclosure Agreement signed separately by the Supplier attached as Exhibit D-2. 

  

	7.	No Solicitation. Sun shall not solicit the employment of the RSP during that period of time that the RSP is assigned to Sun and for six (6) months after such assignment ends.
It shall not be deemed a violation of this prohibition if Sun hires the RSP as a result of the RSP initiating the inquiry of employment in response to a job opening that has been published either to the public at large or to San’s employee
population. 

  

	8.	Exhibits. The following is the list of Exhibits and Attachments which are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference as if set forth in full:

  
 Exhibit D-1—Statement of
Work 
 Exhibit D-2—Confidential Disclosure A 
  
  

	October 27, 1998 
60342482v1	 	2
	 	Mitac International Corporation

 EXHIBIT D-1 
  
 RESIDENT PLANNER 
  
 STATEMENT OF WORK 
  
 Job Standards for Resident Suppliers 
  

	1.	Material Requirements Plan (“MW”) System Integrity 

  
 The Resident Supplier Planner (“RSP”) shall taro MRP systems integrity by. 
  

	 	•	Managing the forecasting system. 

  

	 	•	Placing replenishment orders, approved by the responsible Sun Manager, ensuring that there are no past due delivery dates. 

  

	 	•	Tracking and completing all assigned action items from weekly/regular supply/demand management meetings and as directed by Sun management 

  

	 	•	Ensuring that all Product parameters are reviewed and updated monthly. 

  

	2.	Supplier Management 

  
 Forecast Communication. The RSP shall establish forecast communication processes with Supplier and transmit each new forecast, as approved by the Sun
Manager, to Supplier in accordance with the Supply Planning calendar, ensuring that Supplier understands this information is for Supplier’s convenience only and does not create an obligation on the part of Sun. 
  
 The RSP shall proactively drive and support implementation of Supply Chain
initiatives (e.g., Demand Pull, Auto-Swap, etc.) and take ownership for their sustained effectiveness. 
  
 The RSP is the Supplier’s focal point for coordinating scorecard data input associated with planning activities. 
  

	3.	Supply Plan Execution 

  
 The RSP shall, on a daily basis, manage and be responsible for 
  

	 	•	Ensuring Product availability to standard lead-times; 

  

	 	•	Monitoring actual demand against Supplier’s planned build/in-feed plan and highlighting to Sun management any potential negative impacts; and 

  

	 	•	Ensuring that Supplier’s individual sites (where relevant) are balancing material/capacity in-line with Sun’s actual demand profile and raising any concerns with this to
both their local management and Sun’s management. 

  

	October 27, 1998 
60342482vl	 	1
	 	 Mitac International Corporation

	4.	Product Management 

  
 The RSP will, on an as-needed basis, participate in and represent the Supplier on Sun New Product Introduction (NPI) teams to ensure continuity of supply
and minimize End of Life (“EOL”) costs associated with Product transitions. 
  

	5.	Inventory Management 

  
 The RSP shall be responsible for supporting all key business metrics identified by Sun, including, but not limited to, the following: 
  

	 	•	Ensuring that Supplier’s designated Products are always within the Sun-specified Days of Supply (DOS) targets. 

  

	 	•	Providing input into the Inventory Outlook (I/O) targets. 

  

	 	•	Monitoring nonnettable inventory management. 

  

	 	•	Providing to Sun a weekly status of any potential Excess and Obsolete (E&O) exposures resulting from: Engineering Change Order (ECO) activity, Supply Plan cuts, Product
cancellations, EOL announcements, etc. 

  

	 	•	Monitoring the Material Review Board (MRS) aging reports to ensure that Product is not held more than 7 days and escalating this to Sun management in the event that material in MRB
has exceeded the specified timeframe. 

  

	 	•	Monitoring the RTV aging reports to ensure that Product is not held more than 5 days and escalating this to Sun management in the event that any RTV has exceeded the specified
timeframe. 

  

	 	•	Ensuring that there is immediate Supplier and Sun management visibility of any returned Product which has been under repair at the Supplier for more than fifteen (15) days. Sun will
not be liable to Supplier for the cost of production Product which Supplier fails to repair and return to Sun within 30 days after such Product was returned to Supplier. 

  

	 	•	Ensuring that any receiving discrepancies are brought to the attention of the Supplier and Sun management within 3 days after occurrence. 

  
  

	October 27, 1998 
60342482vl	 	2
	 	 Mitac International Corporation

 EXHIBIT D-2 
  
 CONFIDENTIAL DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT 
  
 Effective Date: September 28,
1999                         
  
 WHEREAS Sun Microsystems, Inc., (herein “Sun”) and Mitac International Corporation (herein the “Resident Supplier” have entered into an agreement
whereby, among other things, the Resident Supplier is to provide the services of an employee to perform certain services on Sun’s premises, and 
  
 WHEREAS Resident Supplier’s employee will have access and exposure to the confidential information of Sun and third parties with whom Sun may conduct business.

  
 NOW THEREFORE 
  
 1.                 a) The Sun information disclosed
under this Agreement (“Information”) whether disclosed orally, in writing or by other media, includes, but is not limited to, the following: forecasts, bookings, new product schedules, material pricing, quality data, marketing data
relating to Sun’s products. 
  
                      b) The permitted use of Information is: for Resident Supplier’s employee to perform planning and purchasing
functions on behalf of Sun, as a representative of the Resident Supplier on Sun’s premises. 
  
 2.                 The Resident Supplier’s obligations regarding Information expire four (4) years after the date of
disclosure. Information shall be used solely as permitted above and shall not be disclosed to a third party. The Resident Supplier shall hold Information in strict confidence and shall provide Information to other employees of Resident Supplier only
on a need-to-know basis. Upon termination of this Agreement or upon Sun’s written request, the Resident Supplier shall cease use of Information and return or destroy all Information. In addition to the foregoing, Resident Supplier shall not
gain access, or attempt to gain access, to Sun’s local area network or Sun’s wide area network, or the data, records, files or other information maintained electronically therein except as necessary to perform the services Resident
Supplier was contracted to perform. Any and all data, records, files and other information in whatever form or format obtained by Resident Supplier as a result of Resident Supplier’s employee residing in or having access inside Sun’s
facilities or having access to such data, records, files and other information shall be deemed Confidential Information whether or not it has been so labelled. Any improper access by Resident Supplier to information which is not necessary to perform
the services hereunder shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement and the services agreement with which this Agreement is associated. 
  
 3.                 The Resident Supplier shall be obligated to protect Information
which is disclosed orally or in written form and identified as confidential or proprietary, or which the Resident Supplier would be expected to know is the confidential information of Sun. 
  
 4.                 This Agreement imposes no obligation upon the Resident Supplier with respect to Information which the Resident Supplier can establish by
legally sufficient evidence: (a) was in the possession of, or was known by, the Resident Supplier’s employee or the Resident Supplier prior to its receipt from Sun, without an obligation to maintain its confidentiality; (b) is or becomes
generally known to the public without violation of this Agreement; (c) is obtained by the Resident Supplier from a third party having the right to disclose it, without an obligation to keep such information confidential; or (d) is independently
developed by the Resident Supplier’s employee or the Resident Supplier without the use of Information and without the participation of individuals who have had access to Information. 
  
 5.                 Disclosure of Information Is not
prohibited if prior notice is given to Sun and such disclosure is: (a) compelled pursuant to a legal proceeding or (b) otherwise required by law. The Resident Supplier agrees that any breach of this Agreement will result in irreparable harm to Sun
for which damages would be an inadequate remedy and, therefore, in addition to its rights and remedies otherwise available at law, Sun shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunction, in the event of such breach. The Resident Supplier
waives any requirement for the posting of a bond or other security In the event that Sun seeks such an injunction. Sun retains ownership of the Information. Neither the Resident Supplier nor the 
  

	 Rev. Nov. 4, 1998
 60342482v1
	 	1
	 	Mitac International Corporation

 Resident Supplier’s employee acquires any rights in Information, except the limited right to use Information as
described above. 
  
 6.                 Resident Supplier understands and agrees that nothing in this Agreement creates an employer/employee relationship between Sun and
Resident Supplier’s employee. Resident Supplier acknowledges and agrees that Resident Supplier’s employee will not be a Sun employee or eligible for any benefits of employment from Sun, including, but not limited to, wages, vacation, paid
or unpaid leave, or participation in any Sun employee benefit plan. Resident Supplier further acknowledges and affirms that Resident Supplier is and will be Resident Supplier employee’s sole employer for the duration of Resident Supplier
employee’s assignment to Sun. 
  
 7.                 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties concerning its subject matter. All additions or modifications to
this Agreement must be made in writing and must be signed by an authorized representative of each party. The parties agree to comply strictly with all applicable export control laws and regulations. Any action related to this Agreement will be
governed by California law, excluding choice of law rules. 
  
 8.                 Either party may terminate this Agreement for convenience. by providing thirty (30) days written notice to the other. However, in
accordance with Section 2 above, Resident Supplier’s and/or Resident Supplier employee’s obligations to protect Information shall survive any termination. 
  

	 SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC.
	 	 	 	 MITAC INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

					
	By:	 	/s/    Eddie Reynolds	 	 	 	By:	 	/s/    Billy Ho
	 	
	 	 	 	 	

	 Name:
 Title:
 Date:
	 	 Eddie Reynolds
 Director of Supply
Mgment
 Oct. 11th
‘99
	 	 	 	 Name:
 Title:
 Date:
	 	 Billy Ho
 President
 Oct. 8, 1999

  

	 Rev. Nov. 4, 1998
 60342482v1
	 	2
	 	Mitac International Corporation

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00057-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00057-of-00352.parquet"}]]